* breakpoint.c (create_breakpoint): Set
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "gdbtypes.h"
28 #include "expression.h"
29 #include "gdbcore.h"
30 #include "gdbcmd.h"
31 #include "value.h"
32 #include "command.h"
33 #include "inferior.h"
34 #include "gdbthread.h"
35 #include "target.h"
36 #include "language.h"
37 #include "gdb_string.h"
38 #include "demangle.h"
39 #include "annotate.h"
40 #include "symfile.h"
41 #include "objfiles.h"
42 #include "source.h"
43 #include "linespec.h"
44 #include "completer.h"
45 #include "gdb.h"
46 #include "ui-out.h"
47 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
48 #include "gdb_assert.h"
49 #include "block.h"
50 #include "solib.h"
51 #include "solist.h"
52 #include "observer.h"
53 #include "exceptions.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57
58 #include "gdb-events.h"
59 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
60
61 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
62
63 static void until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg);
64
65 static void catch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
66
67 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
68
69 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
70
71 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
72
73 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
74
75 static void disable_command (char *, int);
76
77 static void enable_command (char *, int);
78
79 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
80
81 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
82
83 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
84
85 static void clear_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void catch_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void watch_command (char *, int);
90
91 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
92
93 static int break_command_1 (char *, int, int, struct breakpoint *);
94
95 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
96
97 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
98
99 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
100
101 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
102
103 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
104 enum bptype bptype);
105
106 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, asection *, int);
107
108 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
109
110 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
111
112 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *, bpstat);
113
114 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
115
116 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
117
118 static void commands_command (char *, int);
119
120 static void condition_command (char *, int);
121
122 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
123
124 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
125
126 typedef enum
127 {
128 mark_inserted,
129 mark_uninserted
130 }
131 insertion_state_t;
132
133 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
134
135 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
136
137 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
138
139 typedef struct
140 {
141 enum exception_event_kind kind;
142 int enable_p;
143 }
144 args_for_catchpoint_enable;
145
146 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
147
148 static int cover_target_enable_exception_callback (void *);
149
150 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
151
152 static void create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *);
153
154 static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
155
156 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
157
158 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
159
160 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
161
162 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
163
164 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
165
166 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
167
168 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
169
170 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
171
172 static void solib_load_unload_1 (char *hookname,
173 int tempflag,
174 char *dll_pathname,
175 char *cond_string, enum bptype bp_kind);
176
177 static void create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag,
178 char *cond_string,
179 enum bptype bp_kind);
180
181 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
182
183 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
184
185 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
186
187 static char *ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg);
188
189 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
190
191 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
192
193 static void create_exception_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
194 enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
195 struct symtab_and_line *sal);
196
197 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
198 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
199
200 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
201
202 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
203
204 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
205
206 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
207
208 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
209
210 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
211 if such is available. */
212 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
213
214 static void
215 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
216 struct cmd_list_element *c,
217 const char *value)
218 {
219 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
220 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
221 value);
222 }
223
224 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
225 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
226 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
227 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
228 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
229 static void
230 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
231 struct cmd_list_element *c,
232 const char *value)
233 {
234 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
235 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
236 value);
237 }
238
239 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
240 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
241 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
242 use hardware breakpoints. */
243 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
244 static void
245 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
246 struct cmd_list_element *c,
247 const char *value)
248 {
249 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
250 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
251 value);
252 }
253
254
255 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
256
257 extern int addressprint; /* Print machine addresses? */
258
259 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
260 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
261
262 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
263 static int overlay_events_enabled;
264
265 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
267 breakpoint. */
268
269 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
270
271 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
272 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
273 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
274 B = TMP)
275
276 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
277
278 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
279
280 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
281 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
282 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
283 B = TMP)
284
285 /* True if breakpoint hit counts should be displayed in breakpoint info. */
286
287 int show_breakpoint_hit_counts = 1;
288
289 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
290
291 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
292
293 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
294
295 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
296
297 int breakpoint_count;
298
299 /* Pointer to current exception event record */
300 static struct exception_event_record *current_exception_event;
301
302 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
303 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
304 loaded.
305
306 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT is TRUE,
307 or undefined results are guaranteed.
308
309 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
310 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
311 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
312 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
313 then access the string. */
314
315 #ifndef SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
316 #define SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
317 #endif
318
319 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
320 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
321 unloaded.
322
323 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT is
324 TRUE, or undefined results are guaranteed.
325
326 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
327 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
328 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
329 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
330 then access the string. */
331
332 #ifndef SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
333 #define SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
334 #endif
335
336 /* This function is called by the "catch load" command. It allows the
337 debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
338 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is loaded. */
339
340 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK
341 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK(pid,tempflag,filename,cond_string) \
342 error (_("catch of library loads not yet implemented on this platform"))
343 #endif
344
345 /* This function is called by the "catch unload" command. It allows
346 the debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
347 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is
348 unloaded. */
349
350 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK
351 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK(pid, tempflag, filename, cond_string) \
352 error (_("catch of library unloads not yet implemented on this platform"))
353 #endif
354
355 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
356 static int
357 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
358 {
359 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
360 }
361
362 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
363
364 void
365 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
366 {
367 breakpoint_count = num;
368 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
369 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) num));
370 }
371
372 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
373
374 void
375 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
376 {
377 struct breakpoint *b;
378
379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
380 b->hit_count = 0;
381 }
382
383 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
384 for "break" command with no arg.
385 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
386 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
387
388 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
389
390 int default_breakpoint_valid;
391 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
392 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
393 int default_breakpoint_line;
394 \f
395 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
396 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
397
398 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
399 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
400 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
401
402 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
403
404 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
405 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
406 static int
407 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
408 {
409 int retval = 0; /* default */
410 char *p = *pp;
411
412 if (p == NULL)
413 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
414 return breakpoint_count;
415 else if (*p == '$')
416 {
417 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
418 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
419 char *varname;
420 char *start = ++p;
421 struct value *val;
422
423 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
424 p++;
425 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
426 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
427 varname[p - start] = '\0';
428 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
429 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
430 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
431 else
432 {
433 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
434 retval = 0;
435 }
436 }
437 else
438 {
439 if (*p == '-')
440 ++p;
441 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
442 ++p;
443 if (p == *pp)
444 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
445 {
446 /* Skip non-numeric token */
447 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
448 ++p;
449 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
450 retval = 0;
451 }
452 else
453 retval = atoi (*pp);
454 }
455 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
456 {
457 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
458 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
459 ++p;
460 retval = 0;
461 }
462 while (isspace (*p))
463 p++;
464 *pp = p;
465 return retval;
466 }
467
468
469 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
470 int
471 get_number (char **pp)
472 {
473 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
474 }
475
476 /* Parse a number or a range.
477 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
478 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
479 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
480 * inclusive.
481 *
482 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
483 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
484 *
485 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
486 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
487 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
488 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
489 * pointer PP past <number2>.
490 */
491
492 int
493 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
494 {
495 static int last_retval, end_value;
496 static char *end_ptr;
497 static int in_range = 0;
498
499 if (**pp != '-')
500 {
501 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
502 or to the first number of a range. */
503 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
504 if (**pp == '-')
505 {
506 char **temp;
507
508 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
509 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
510 and also remember the end of the final token. */
511
512 temp = &end_ptr;
513 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
514 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
515 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
516 end_value = get_number (temp);
517 if (end_value < last_retval)
518 {
519 error (_("inverted range"));
520 }
521 else if (end_value == last_retval)
522 {
523 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
524 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
525 single number. */
526 *pp = end_ptr;
527 }
528 else
529 in_range = 1;
530 }
531 }
532 else if (! in_range)
533 error (_("negative value"));
534 else
535 {
536 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
537 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
538 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
539 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
540 is reached. */
541
542 if (++last_retval == end_value)
543 {
544 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
545 *pp = end_ptr;
546 in_range = 0;
547 }
548 }
549 return last_retval;
550 }
551
552
553 \f
554 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
555
556 static void
557 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
558 {
559 struct breakpoint *b;
560 char *p;
561 int bnum;
562
563 if (arg == 0)
564 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
565
566 p = arg;
567 bnum = get_number (&p);
568 if (bnum == 0)
569 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
570
571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
572 if (b->number == bnum)
573 {
574 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
575 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
576 {
577 if (loc->cond)
578 {
579 xfree (loc->cond);
580 loc->cond = 0;
581 }
582 }
583 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
584 xfree (b->cond_string);
585
586 if (*p == 0)
587 {
588 b->cond_string = NULL;
589 if (from_tty)
590 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
591 }
592 else
593 {
594 arg = p;
595 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
596 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
597 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
598 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
599 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
600 {
601 arg = p;
602 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
603 if (*arg)
604 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
605 }
606 }
607 breakpoints_changed ();
608 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
609 return;
610 }
611
612 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
613 }
614
615 static void
616 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
617 {
618 struct breakpoint *b;
619 char *p;
620 int bnum;
621 struct command_line *l;
622
623 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
624 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
625 being read from. */
626
627 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
628 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
629
630 p = arg;
631 bnum = get_number (&p);
632
633 if (p && *p)
634 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
635
636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
637 if (b->number == bnum)
638 {
639 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
640 bnum);
641 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
642 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty);
643 do_cleanups (cleanups);
644 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
645 b->commands = l;
646 breakpoints_changed ();
647 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
648 return;
649 }
650 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
651 }
652
653 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
654 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
655
656 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
657 that are part of if and while bodies. */
658 enum command_control_type
659 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
660 {
661 struct breakpoint *b;
662 char *p;
663 int bnum;
664
665 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
666 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
667 being read from. */
668
669 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
670 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
671
672 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
673 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
674 if (arg && !*arg)
675 p = NULL;
676 else
677 p = arg;
678 bnum = get_number (&p);
679
680 if (p && *p)
681 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
682
683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
684 if (b->number == bnum)
685 {
686 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
687 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
688 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
689 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
690 list after it finishes execution. */
691 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
692 breakpoints_changed ();
693 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
694 return simple_control;
695 }
696 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
697 }
698 \f
699 /* Like target_read_memory() but if breakpoints are inserted, return
700 the shadow contents instead of the breakpoints themselves.
701
702 Read "memory data" from whatever target or inferior we have.
703 Returns zero if successful, errno value if not. EIO is used
704 for address out of bounds. If breakpoints are inserted, returns
705 shadow contents, not the breakpoints themselves. From breakpoint.c. */
706
707 int
708 read_memory_nobpt (CORE_ADDR memaddr, gdb_byte *myaddr, unsigned len)
709 {
710 int status;
711 struct bp_location *b;
712 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
713 int bp_size = 0;
714
715 if (gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (current_gdbarch, &bp_addr, &bp_size) == NULL)
716 /* No breakpoints on this machine. */
717 return target_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len);
718
719 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
720 {
721 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
722 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
723 b->owner->number);
724
725 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
726 continue;
727 if (!b->inserted)
728 continue;
729 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
730 we need to copy. */
731 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
732 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
733 if (bp_size == 0)
734 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
735 continue;
736 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
737 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
738 are reading. */
739 continue;
740 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
741 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
742 reading. */
743 continue;
744 /* Copy the breakpoint from the shadow contents, and recurse for
745 the things before and after. */
746 {
747 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
748 int bptoffset = 0;
749
750 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
751 {
752 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
753 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
754 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
755 bp_addr = memaddr;
756 }
757
758 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
759 {
760 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
761 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
762 }
763
764 memcpy (myaddr + bp_addr - memaddr,
765 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
766
767 if (bp_addr > memaddr)
768 {
769 /* Copy the section of memory before the breakpoint. */
770 status = read_memory_nobpt (memaddr, myaddr, bp_addr - memaddr);
771 if (status != 0)
772 return status;
773 }
774
775 if (bp_addr + bp_size < memaddr + len)
776 {
777 /* Copy the section of memory after the breakpoint. */
778 status = read_memory_nobpt (bp_addr + bp_size,
779 myaddr + bp_addr + bp_size - memaddr,
780 memaddr + len - (bp_addr + bp_size));
781 if (status != 0)
782 return status;
783 }
784 return 0;
785 }
786 }
787 /* Nothing overlaps. Just call read_memory_noerr. */
788 return target_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len);
789 }
790 \f
791
792 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
793 static void
794 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
795 {
796 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
797 int val = -1;
798
799 switch (b->type)
800 {
801 case bp_catch_fork:
802 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
803 break;
804 case bp_catch_vfork:
805 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
806 break;
807 case bp_catch_exec:
808 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
809 break;
810 default:
811 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
812 break;
813 }
814 }
815
816 /* Helper routine: free the value chain for a breakpoint (watchpoint). */
817
818 static void
819 free_valchain (struct bp_location *b)
820 {
821 struct value *v;
822 struct value *n;
823
824 /* Free the saved value chain. We will construct a new one
825 the next time the watchpoint is inserted. */
826 for (v = b->owner->val_chain; v; v = n)
827 {
828 n = value_next (v);
829 value_free (v);
830 }
831 b->owner->val_chain = NULL;
832 }
833
834 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
835 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
836 PROCESS_WARNING, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
837
838 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
839 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
840 static int
841 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
842 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
843 int *disabled_breaks, int *process_warning,
844 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
845 {
846 int val = 0;
847
848 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. Disabled
849 breakpoints should not be inserted. */
850 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
851 return 0;
852
853 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->inserted || bpt->duplicate)
854 return 0;
855
856 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
857 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
858 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
859
860 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
861 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
862 {
863 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
864 {
865 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
866 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
867 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
868 Two important cases are:
869 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
870 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
871 hardware breakpoint.
872 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
873 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
874 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
875
876 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
877 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
878 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
879 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
880 struct mem_region *mr
881 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
882
883 if (mr)
884 {
885 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
886 {
887 int changed = 0;
888 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
889
890 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
891 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
892 else
893 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
894
895 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
896 {
897 static int said = 0;
898 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
899 if (!said)
900 {
901 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
902 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
903 said = 1;
904 }
905 }
906 }
907 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
908 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
909 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
910 paddr (bpt->address));
911 }
912 }
913
914 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
915 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
916 || bpt->section == NULL
917 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
918 {
919 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
920
921 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
922 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
923 else
924 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
925 }
926 else
927 {
928 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
929 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
930 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
931 {
932 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
933 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
934 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
935 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
936 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
937 bpt->owner->number);
938 else
939 {
940 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
941 bpt->section);
942 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
943 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
944 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
945 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
946 if (val != 0)
947 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
948 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?",
949 bpt->owner->number);
950 }
951 }
952 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
953 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
954 {
955 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
956 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
957 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
958 else
959 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
960 }
961 else
962 {
963 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
964 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
965 return 0;
966 }
967 }
968
969 if (val)
970 {
971 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
972 if (solib_address (bpt->address))
973 {
974 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
975 val = 0;
976 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
977 if (!*disabled_breaks)
978 {
979 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
980 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
981 bpt->owner->number);
982 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
983 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
984 }
985 *disabled_breaks = 1;
986 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
987 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
988 }
989 else
990 {
991 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
992 *process_warning = 1;
993 #endif
994 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
995 {
996 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
997 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
998 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
999 bpt->owner->number);
1000 }
1001 else
1002 {
1003 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1004 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1005 bpt->owner->number);
1006 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1007 "Error accessing memory address ");
1008 deprecated_print_address_numeric (bpt->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
1009 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1010 safe_strerror (val));
1011 }
1012
1013 }
1014 }
1015 else
1016 bpt->inserted = 1;
1017
1018 return val;
1019 }
1020
1021 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1022 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1023 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1024 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1025 {
1026 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-08: This code sets multiple hardware watchpoints
1027 based on the expression. Ideally this should happen at a higher level,
1028 and there should be one bp_location for each computed address we
1029 must watch. As soon as a many-to-one mapping is available I'll
1030 convert this. */
1031
1032 int within_current_scope;
1033 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
1034 struct value *v;
1035 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1036
1037 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1038 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1039 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1040 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1041 selected frame. */
1042 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1043
1044 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1045 if (bpt->owner->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1046 within_current_scope = 1;
1047 else
1048 {
1049 struct frame_info *fi;
1050 fi = frame_find_by_id (bpt->owner->watchpoint_frame);
1051 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1052 if (within_current_scope)
1053 select_frame (fi);
1054 }
1055
1056 if (within_current_scope)
1057 {
1058 free_valchain (bpt);
1059
1060 /* Evaluate the expression and cut the chain of values
1061 produced off from the value chain.
1062
1063 Make sure the value returned isn't lazy; we use
1064 laziness to determine what memory GDB actually needed
1065 in order to compute the value of the expression. */
1066 v = evaluate_expression (bpt->owner->exp);
1067 value_contents (v);
1068 value_release_to_mark (mark);
1069
1070 bpt->owner->val_chain = v;
1071 bpt->inserted = 1;
1072
1073 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1074 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
1075 {
1076 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1077 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1078 must watch it. */
1079 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1080 && ! value_lazy (v))
1081 {
1082 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1083
1084 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1085 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1086 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1087 if (v == bpt->owner->val_chain
1088 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1089 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1090 {
1091 CORE_ADDR addr;
1092 int len, type;
1093
1094 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
1095 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1096 type = hw_write;
1097 if (bpt->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1098 type = hw_read;
1099 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1100 type = hw_access;
1101
1102 val = target_insert_watchpoint (addr, len, type);
1103 if (val == -1)
1104 {
1105 /* Don't exit the loop, try to insert
1106 every value on the value chain. That's
1107 because we will be removing all the
1108 watches below, and removing a
1109 watchpoint we didn't insert could have
1110 adverse effects. */
1111 bpt->inserted = 0;
1112 }
1113 val = 0;
1114 }
1115 }
1116 }
1117 /* Failure to insert a watchpoint on any memory value in the
1118 value chain brings us here. */
1119 if (!bpt->inserted)
1120 {
1121 remove_breakpoint (bpt, mark_uninserted);
1122 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1123 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1124 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1125 bpt->owner->number);
1126 val = -1;
1127 }
1128 }
1129 else
1130 {
1131 printf_filtered (_("\
1132 Hardware watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1133 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1134 bpt->owner->number);
1135 if (bpt->owner->related_breakpoint)
1136 bpt->owner->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1137 bpt->owner->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1141 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1142
1143 return val;
1144 }
1145
1146 else if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (bpt->owner))
1147 {
1148 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: This code sets both a catchpoint and a
1149 breakpoint. Once again, it would be better if this was represented
1150 as two bp_locations. */
1151
1152 /* If we get here, we must have a callback mechanism for exception
1153 events -- with g++ style embedded label support, we insert
1154 ordinary breakpoints and not catchpoints. */
1155 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1156 if (val)
1157 {
1158 /* Couldn't set breakpoint for some reason */
1159 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1160 "Cannot insert catchpoint %d; disabling it.\n",
1161 bpt->owner->number);
1162 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1163 "Error accessing memory address ");
1164 deprecated_print_address_numeric (bpt->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
1165 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1166 safe_strerror (val));
1167 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1168 }
1169 else
1170 {
1171 /* Bp set, now make sure callbacks are enabled */
1172 /* Format possible error msg */
1173 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error inserting catchpoint %d:\n",
1174 bpt->owner->number);
1175 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
1176 int val;
1177 args_for_catchpoint_enable args;
1178 args.kind = bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_catch ?
1179 EX_EVENT_CATCH : EX_EVENT_THROW;
1180 args.enable_p = 1;
1181 val = catch_errors (cover_target_enable_exception_callback,
1182 &args, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
1183 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1184 if (val != 0 && val != -1)
1185 bpt->inserted = 1;
1186
1187 /* Check if something went wrong; val == 0 can be ignored */
1188 if (val == -1)
1189 {
1190 /* something went wrong */
1191 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1192 "Cannot insert catchpoint %d; disabling it.\n",
1193 bpt->owner->number);
1194 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1195 }
1196 }
1197
1198 return val;
1199 }
1200
1201 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_fork
1202 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork
1203 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1204 {
1205 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1206 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1207 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1208 bpt->owner->number);
1209 if (e.reason < 0)
1210 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1211 else
1212 bpt->inserted = 1;
1213
1214 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1215 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1216 so just return success. */
1217 return 0;
1218 }
1219
1220 return 0;
1221 }
1222
1223 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1224 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1225 Both return zero if successful,
1226 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1227
1228 int
1229 insert_breakpoints (void)
1230 {
1231 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1232 int return_val = 0; /* return success code. */
1233 int val = 0;
1234 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1235 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1236 int process_warning = 0;
1237
1238 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1239 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1240
1241 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1242 there was an error. */
1243 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1244
1245 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1246 {
1247 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. Disabled
1248 breakpoints should not be inserted. */
1249 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b->owner))
1250 continue;
1251
1252 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1253 thread no longer exists. */
1254 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1255 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1256 continue;
1257
1258 /* FIXME drow/2003-10-07: This code should be pushed elsewhere when
1259 hardware watchpoints are split into multiple loc breakpoints. */
1260 if ((b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1261 || b->owner->type == bp_watchpoint) && !b->owner->val)
1262 {
1263 struct value *val;
1264 val = evaluate_expression (b->owner->exp);
1265 release_value (val);
1266 if (value_lazy (val))
1267 value_fetch_lazy (val);
1268 b->owner->val = val;
1269 }
1270
1271 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1272 &disabled_breaks, &process_warning,
1273 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1274 if (val)
1275 return_val = val;
1276 }
1277
1278 if (return_val)
1279 {
1280 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1281 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1282 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1283 {
1284 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1285 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1286 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1287 }
1288 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1289 if (process_warning)
1290 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1291 "The same program may be running in another process.");
1292 #endif
1293 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1294 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1295 }
1296 return return_val;
1297 }
1298
1299 int
1300 remove_breakpoints (void)
1301 {
1302 struct bp_location *b;
1303 int val;
1304
1305 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1306 {
1307 if (b->inserted)
1308 {
1309 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1310 if (val != 0)
1311 return val;
1312 }
1313 }
1314 return 0;
1315 }
1316
1317 int
1318 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1319 {
1320 struct bp_location *b;
1321 int val;
1322
1323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1324 {
1325 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1326 {
1327 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1328 if (val != 0)
1329 return val;
1330 }
1331 }
1332 return 0;
1333 }
1334
1335 int
1336 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1337 {
1338 struct bp_location *b;
1339 int val;
1340 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1341 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1342 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
1343
1344 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1345
1346 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1348 {
1349 if (b->inserted)
1350 {
1351 b->inserted = 0;
1352 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1353 &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
1354 if (val != 0)
1355 {
1356 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1357 return val;
1358 }
1359 }
1360 }
1361 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1362 return 0;
1363 }
1364
1365 void
1366 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1367 {
1368 struct breakpoint *b;
1369 struct breakpoint *temp;
1370
1371 /* Doing this first prevents the badness of having delete_breakpoint()
1372 write a breakpoint's current "shadow contents" to lift the bp. That
1373 shadow is NOT valid after an exec()! */
1374 mark_breakpoints_out ();
1375
1376 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1377 {
1378 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1379 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1380 {
1381 delete_breakpoint (b);
1382 continue;
1383 }
1384
1385 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1386 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1387 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1388 {
1389 delete_breakpoint (b);
1390 continue;
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1394 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1395 {
1396 delete_breakpoint (b);
1397 continue;
1398 }
1399
1400 /* Ditto the exception-handling catchpoints. */
1401 if ((b->type == bp_catch_catch) || (b->type == bp_catch_throw))
1402 {
1403 delete_breakpoint (b);
1404 continue;
1405 }
1406
1407 /* Don't delete an exec catchpoint, because else the inferior
1408 won't stop when it ought!
1409
1410 Similarly, we probably ought to keep vfork catchpoints, 'cause
1411 on this target, we may not be able to stop when the vfork is
1412 seen, but only when the subsequent exec is seen. (And because
1413 deleting fork catchpoints here but not vfork catchpoints will
1414 seem mysterious to users, keep those too.) */
1415 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec) ||
1416 (b->type == bp_catch_vfork) ||
1417 (b->type == bp_catch_fork))
1418 {
1419 continue;
1420 }
1421
1422 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1423 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1424 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1425 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1426 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1427 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1428
1429 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1430 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1431 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1432 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1433 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1434 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1435 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1436
1437 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1438 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1439 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1440 let finish_command delete it.
1441
1442 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1443 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1444 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1445 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1446 solib breakpoints.) */
1447
1448 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1449 {
1450 continue;
1451 }
1452
1453 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1454 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1455 a.out. */
1456 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1457 {
1458 delete_breakpoint (b);
1459 continue;
1460 }
1461 }
1462 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1463 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1464 }
1465
1466 int
1467 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1468 {
1469 struct bp_location *b;
1470 int val;
1471 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1472
1473 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1474 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1475
1476 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1477 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1478 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1479 {
1480 if (b->inserted)
1481 {
1482 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1483 if (val != 0)
1484 {
1485 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1486 return val;
1487 }
1488 }
1489 }
1490 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1491 return 0;
1492 }
1493
1494 static int
1495 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1496 {
1497 int val;
1498
1499 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1500 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1501 return 0;
1502
1503 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
1504 warning (_("attempted to remove apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1505 b->owner->number);
1506
1507 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1508 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1509 {
1510 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1511 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1512 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1513
1514 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1515 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1516 || b->section == NULL
1517 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1518 {
1519 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1520
1521 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1522 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1523 else
1524 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1525 }
1526 else
1527 {
1528 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1529 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1530 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1531 {
1532 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1533 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1534 */
1535 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1536 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1537 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1538 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1539 else
1540 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1541 }
1542 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1543 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1544 if (b->inserted)
1545 {
1546 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1547 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1548 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1549 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1550 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1551 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1552
1553 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1554 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1555 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1556 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1557 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1558 else
1559 val = 0;
1560 }
1561 else
1562 {
1563 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1564 val = 0;
1565 }
1566 }
1567 if (val)
1568 return val;
1569 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1570 }
1571 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1572 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1573 && !b->duplicate)
1574 {
1575 struct value *v;
1576 struct value *n;
1577
1578 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1579 /* Walk down the saved value chain. */
1580 for (v = b->owner->val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1581 {
1582 /* For each memory reference remove the watchpoint
1583 at that address. */
1584 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1585 && ! value_lazy (v))
1586 {
1587 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1588
1589 if (v == b->owner->val_chain
1590 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1591 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1592 {
1593 CORE_ADDR addr;
1594 int len, type;
1595
1596 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
1597 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1598 type = hw_write;
1599 if (b->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1600 type = hw_read;
1601 else if (b->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1602 type = hw_access;
1603
1604 val = target_remove_watchpoint (addr, len, type);
1605 if (val == -1)
1606 b->inserted = 1;
1607 val = 0;
1608 }
1609 }
1610 }
1611 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1612 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1613 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1614 b->owner->number);
1615 }
1616 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_fork ||
1617 b->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork ||
1618 b->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1619 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1620 && !b->duplicate)
1621 {
1622 val = -1;
1623 switch (b->owner->type)
1624 {
1625 case bp_catch_fork:
1626 val = target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1627 break;
1628 case bp_catch_vfork:
1629 val = target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1630 break;
1631 case bp_catch_exec:
1632 val = target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1633 break;
1634 default:
1635 warning (_("Internal error, %s line %d."), __FILE__, __LINE__);
1636 break;
1637 }
1638 if (val)
1639 return val;
1640 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1641 }
1642 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_catch ||
1643 b->owner->type == bp_catch_throw)
1644 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1645 && !b->duplicate)
1646 {
1647 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1648 if (val)
1649 return val;
1650 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1651 }
1652
1653 return 0;
1654 }
1655
1656 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1657
1658 void
1659 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1660 {
1661 struct bp_location *bpt;
1662
1663 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1664 bpt->inserted = 0;
1665 }
1666
1667 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1668 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1669
1670 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1671 between runs.
1672
1673 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1674 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1675 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1676
1677
1678
1679 void
1680 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1681 {
1682 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1683 struct bp_location *bpt;
1684
1685 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1686 bpt->inserted = 0;
1687
1688 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1689 {
1690 switch (b->type)
1691 {
1692 case bp_call_dummy:
1693 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1694
1695 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1696 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1697 get rid of it.
1698
1699 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1700 delete_breakpoint (b);
1701 break;
1702
1703 case bp_watchpoint:
1704 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1705 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1706 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1707
1708 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1709 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1710 delete_breakpoint (b);
1711 else if (context == inf_starting)
1712 {
1713 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1714 in insert_breakpoints. */
1715 if (b->val)
1716 value_free (b->val);
1717 b->val = NULL;
1718 }
1719 break;
1720 default:
1721 break;
1722 }
1723 }
1724 }
1725
1726 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1727 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1728 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1729 permanent breakpoint.
1730 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1731 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1732 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1733 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1734 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1735
1736 enum breakpoint_here
1737 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1738 {
1739 struct bp_location *bpt;
1740 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1741
1742 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1743 {
1744 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1745 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1746 continue;
1747
1748 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1749 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1750 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1751 {
1752 if (overlay_debugging
1753 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1754 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1755 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1756 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1757 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1758 else
1759 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1760 }
1761 }
1762
1763 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1764 }
1765
1766
1767 /* breakpoint_inserted_here_p (PC) is just like breakpoint_here_p(),
1768 but it only returns true if there is actually a breakpoint inserted
1769 at PC. */
1770
1771 int
1772 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1773 {
1774 struct bp_location *bpt;
1775
1776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1777 {
1778 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1779 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1780 continue;
1781
1782 if (bpt->inserted
1783 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1784 {
1785 if (overlay_debugging
1786 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1787 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1788 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1789 else
1790 return 1;
1791 }
1792 }
1793
1794 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1795 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1796 return 1;
1797
1798 return 0;
1799 }
1800
1801 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1802 inserted at PC. */
1803
1804 int
1805 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1806 {
1807 struct bp_location *bpt;
1808 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1809
1810 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1811 {
1812 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1813 continue;
1814
1815 if (bpt->inserted
1816 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1817 {
1818 if (overlay_debugging
1819 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1820 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1821 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1822 else
1823 return 1;
1824 }
1825 }
1826
1827 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1828 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1829 return 1;
1830
1831 return 0;
1832 }
1833
1834 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1835 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1836
1837 int
1838 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1839 {
1840 struct bp_location *bpt;
1841 int thread;
1842
1843 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1844
1845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1846 {
1847 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1848 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1849 continue;
1850
1851 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1852 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1853 && bpt->address == pc
1854 && (bpt->owner->thread == -1 || bpt->owner->thread == thread))
1855 {
1856 if (overlay_debugging
1857 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1858 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1859 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1860 else
1861 return 1;
1862 }
1863 }
1864
1865 return 0;
1866 }
1867 \f
1868
1869 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1870 in breakpoint.h. */
1871
1872 int
1873 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1874 {
1875 return
1876 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1877 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload)
1878 || (ep->type == bp_catch_fork)
1879 || (ep->type == bp_catch_vfork)
1880 || (ep->type == bp_catch_exec)
1881 || (ep->type == bp_catch_catch)
1882 || (ep->type == bp_catch_throw);
1883
1884 /* ??rehrauer: Add more kinds here, as are implemented... */
1885 }
1886
1887 int
1888 ep_is_shlib_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1889 {
1890 return
1891 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1892 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload);
1893 }
1894
1895 int
1896 ep_is_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1897 {
1898 return
1899 (ep->type == bp_catch_catch)
1900 || (ep->type == bp_catch_throw);
1901 }
1902
1903 void
1904 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1905 {
1906 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1907 value_free (bs->old_val);
1908 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1909 xfree (bs);
1910 }
1911
1912 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1913 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
1914
1915 void
1916 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
1917 {
1918 bpstat p;
1919 bpstat q;
1920
1921 if (bsp == 0)
1922 return;
1923 p = *bsp;
1924 while (p != NULL)
1925 {
1926 q = p->next;
1927 bpstat_free (p);
1928 p = q;
1929 }
1930 *bsp = NULL;
1931 }
1932
1933 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
1934 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
1935
1936 bpstat
1937 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
1938 {
1939 bpstat p = NULL;
1940 bpstat tmp;
1941 bpstat retval = NULL;
1942
1943 if (bs == NULL)
1944 return bs;
1945
1946 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
1947 {
1948 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
1949 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
1950 if (bs->commands != NULL)
1951 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
1952 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1953 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
1954
1955 if (p == NULL)
1956 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
1957 retval = tmp;
1958 else
1959 p->next = tmp;
1960 p = tmp;
1961 }
1962 p->next = NULL;
1963 return retval;
1964 }
1965
1966 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
1967
1968 bpstat
1969 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
1970 {
1971 if (bsp == NULL)
1972 return NULL;
1973
1974 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
1975 {
1976 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
1977 return bsp;
1978 }
1979 return NULL;
1980 }
1981
1982 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
1983 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
1984 will arbitrarily pick one.)
1985
1986 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
1987 step_resume breakpoint.
1988
1989 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
1990 struct breakpoint *
1991 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
1992 {
1993 int current_thread;
1994
1995 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
1996
1997 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
1998
1999 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2000 {
2001 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2002 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2003 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2004 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2005 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2006 }
2007
2008 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2009 }
2010
2011
2012 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2013 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2014 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2015 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2016 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2017 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2018 we set it.
2019 Return 1 otherwise. */
2020
2021 int
2022 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2023 {
2024 struct breakpoint *b;
2025
2026 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2027 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2028
2029 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2030 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2031 this function might return the same number more
2032 than once and this will look ugly. */
2033 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2034 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2035 if (b == NULL)
2036 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2037
2038 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2039 return 1;
2040 }
2041
2042 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2043
2044 void
2045 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2046 {
2047 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2048 {
2049 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2050 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2051 {
2052 value_free (bs->old_val);
2053 bs->old_val = NULL;
2054 }
2055 }
2056 }
2057
2058 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2059 static void
2060 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2061 {
2062 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2063 }
2064
2065 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2066 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2067 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2068 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command. */
2069
2070 void
2071 bpstat_do_actions (bpstat *bsp)
2072 {
2073 bpstat bs;
2074 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2075
2076 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2077 in bs->commands. */
2078 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2079 return;
2080
2081 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2082 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2083
2084 top:
2085 /* Note that (as of this writing), our callers all appear to
2086 be passing us the address of global stop_bpstat. And, if
2087 our calls to execute_control_command cause the inferior to
2088 proceed, that global (and hence, *bsp) will change.
2089
2090 We must be careful to not touch *bsp unless the inferior
2091 has not proceeded. */
2092
2093 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2094 bs = *bsp;
2095
2096 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2097 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2098 {
2099 struct command_line *cmd;
2100 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2101
2102 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2103
2104 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2105 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2106 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2107 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2108 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2109 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2110 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2111 the tree when we're done. */
2112 cmd = bs->commands;
2113 bs->commands = 0;
2114 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2115
2116 while (cmd != NULL)
2117 {
2118 execute_control_command (cmd);
2119
2120 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2121 break;
2122 else
2123 cmd = cmd->next;
2124 }
2125
2126 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2127 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2128
2129 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2130 /* The inferior is proceeded by the command; bomb out now.
2131 The bpstat chain has been blown away by wait_for_inferior.
2132 But since execution has stopped again, there is a new bpstat
2133 to look at, so start over. */
2134 goto top;
2135 }
2136 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2137 }
2138
2139 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2140 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2141 by having it set different print_it values.
2142
2143 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2144 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2145 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2146 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2147 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2148
2149 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2150 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2151 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2152 don't print anything else.
2153 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2154 that something to be followed by a location.
2155 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2156 that something to be followed by a location.
2157 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2158 analysis. */
2159
2160 static enum print_stop_action
2161 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2162 {
2163 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
2164 struct breakpoint *b;
2165 struct bp_location *bl;
2166 struct ui_stream *stb;
2167 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2168 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2169 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2170 which has since been deleted. */
2171 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2172 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2173 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2174 b = bl->owner;
2175
2176 switch (b->type)
2177 {
2178 case bp_breakpoint:
2179 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2180 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2181 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2182 bl->address,
2183 b->number, 1);
2184 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2185 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2186 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2187 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2188 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2189 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2190 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2191 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2192 break;
2193
2194 case bp_shlib_event:
2195 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2196 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2197 to shlib event" message.) */
2198 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2199 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2200 break;
2201
2202 case bp_thread_event:
2203 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2204 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2205 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2206 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2207 break;
2208
2209 case bp_overlay_event:
2210 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2211 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2212 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2213 break;
2214
2215 case bp_catch_load:
2216 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2217 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (loaded %s), "),
2218 b->number,
2219 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2220 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2221 break;
2222
2223 case bp_catch_unload:
2224 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2225 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (unloaded %s), "),
2226 b->number,
2227 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2228 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2229 break;
2230
2231 case bp_catch_fork:
2232 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2233 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
2234 b->number,
2235 b->forked_inferior_pid);
2236 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2237 break;
2238
2239 case bp_catch_vfork:
2240 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2241 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
2242 b->number,
2243 b->forked_inferior_pid);
2244 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2245 break;
2246
2247 case bp_catch_exec:
2248 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2249 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "),
2250 b->number,
2251 b->exec_pathname);
2252 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2253 break;
2254
2255 case bp_catch_catch:
2256 if (current_exception_event &&
2257 (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND == EX_EVENT_CATCH))
2258 {
2259 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2260 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception caught), "),
2261 b->number);
2262 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE)
2263 printf_filtered (_("throw location %s:%d, "),
2264 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_FILE,
2265 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE);
2266 else
2267 printf_filtered (_("throw location unknown, "));
2268
2269 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE)
2270 printf_filtered (_("catch location %s:%d\n"),
2271 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_FILE,
2272 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE);
2273 else
2274 printf_filtered (_("catch location unknown\n"));
2275
2276 /* don't bother to print location frame info */
2277 return PRINT_SRC_ONLY;
2278 }
2279 else
2280 {
2281 /* really throw, some other bpstat will handle it */
2282 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2283 }
2284 break;
2285
2286 case bp_catch_throw:
2287 if (current_exception_event &&
2288 (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND == EX_EVENT_THROW))
2289 {
2290 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2291 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception thrown), "),
2292 b->number);
2293 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE)
2294 printf_filtered (_("throw location %s:%d, "),
2295 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_FILE,
2296 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE);
2297 else
2298 printf_filtered (_("throw location unknown, "));
2299
2300 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE)
2301 printf_filtered (_("catch location %s:%d\n"),
2302 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_FILE,
2303 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE);
2304 else
2305 printf_filtered (_("catch location unknown\n"));
2306
2307 /* don't bother to print location frame info */
2308 return PRINT_SRC_ONLY;
2309 }
2310 else
2311 {
2312 /* really catch, some other bpstat will handle it */
2313 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2314 }
2315 break;
2316
2317 case bp_watchpoint:
2318 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2319 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2320 {
2321 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2322 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2323 ui_out_field_string
2324 (uiout, "reason",
2325 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2326 mention (b);
2327 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2328 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2329 value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2330 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2331 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2332 value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2333 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2334 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2335 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2336 value_free (bs->old_val);
2337 bs->old_val = NULL;
2338 }
2339 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2340 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2341 break;
2342
2343 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2344 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2345 ui_out_field_string
2346 (uiout, "reason",
2347 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2348 mention (b);
2349 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2350 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2351 value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2352 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2353 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2354 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2355 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2356 break;
2357
2358 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2359 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2360 {
2361 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2362 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2363 ui_out_field_string
2364 (uiout, "reason",
2365 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2366 mention (b);
2367 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2368 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2369 value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2370 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2371 value_free (bs->old_val);
2372 bs->old_val = NULL;
2373 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2374 }
2375 else
2376 {
2377 mention (b);
2378 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2379 ui_out_field_string
2380 (uiout, "reason",
2381 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2382 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2383 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2384 }
2385 value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0,Val_pretty_default);
2386 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2387 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2388 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2389 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2390 break;
2391
2392 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2393 here. */
2394
2395 case bp_finish:
2396 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2397 ui_out_field_string
2398 (uiout, "reason",
2399 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2400 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2401 break;
2402
2403 case bp_until:
2404 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2405 ui_out_field_string
2406 (uiout, "reason",
2407 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2408 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2409 break;
2410
2411 case bp_none:
2412 case bp_longjmp:
2413 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2414 case bp_step_resume:
2415 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2416 case bp_call_dummy:
2417 default:
2418 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2419 }
2420 }
2421
2422 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2423 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2424 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2425 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2426 normal_stop(). */
2427
2428 static enum print_stop_action
2429 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2430 {
2431 switch (bs->print_it)
2432 {
2433 case print_it_noop:
2434 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2435 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2436 break;
2437
2438 case print_it_done:
2439 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2440 relevant messages. */
2441 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2442 break;
2443
2444 case print_it_normal:
2445 {
2446 struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2447 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2448
2449 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2450 print_it_typical. */
2451 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2452 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2453 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2454 else
2455 return print_it_typical (bs);
2456 }
2457 break;
2458
2459 default:
2460 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2461 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2462 break;
2463 }
2464 }
2465
2466 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2467 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2468 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2469 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2470 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2471 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2472 routine is one of:
2473
2474 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2475 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2476 code to print the location. An example is
2477 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2478 the location.
2479 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2480 to also print the location part of the message.
2481 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2482 don't require a location appended to the end.
2483 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2484 further info to be printed.*/
2485
2486 enum print_stop_action
2487 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2488 {
2489 int val;
2490
2491 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2492 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2493 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2494 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2495 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2496 {
2497 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2498 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2499 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2500 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2501 return val;
2502 }
2503
2504 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2505 with and nothing was printed. */
2506 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2507 }
2508
2509 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2510 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2511 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2512 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2513
2514 static int
2515 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2516 {
2517 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2518 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2519 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2520 return i;
2521 }
2522
2523 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2524
2525 static bpstat
2526 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2527 {
2528 bpstat bs;
2529
2530 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2531 cbs->next = bs;
2532 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2533 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2534 bs->commands = NULL;
2535 bs->old_val = NULL;
2536 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2537 return bs;
2538 }
2539 \f
2540 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2541 because of check_errors). */
2542 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2543 #define WP_DELETED 1
2544 /* The value has changed. */
2545 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2546 /* The value has not changed. */
2547 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2548
2549 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2550 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2551
2552 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2553
2554 static int
2555 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2556 {
2557 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2558 struct breakpoint *b;
2559 struct frame_info *fr;
2560 int within_current_scope;
2561
2562 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2563
2564 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2565 within_current_scope = 1;
2566 else
2567 {
2568 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2569 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2570 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2571 reinit_frame_cache ();
2572 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2573 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2574
2575 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2576 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2577 if (within_current_scope
2578 && block_function (b->exp_valid_block) != get_frame_function (fr))
2579 within_current_scope = 0;
2580
2581 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2582 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2583 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2584 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2585 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2586
2587 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2588 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2589 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2590 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2591 if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2592 && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2593 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2594 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2595 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2596 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2597 the user. */
2598 select_frame (fr);
2599 }
2600
2601 if (within_current_scope)
2602 {
2603 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2604 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2605 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2606 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2607
2608 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2609 struct value *new_val = evaluate_expression (b->exp);
2610 if (!value_equal (b->val, new_val))
2611 {
2612 release_value (new_val);
2613 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2614 bs->old_val = b->val;
2615 b->val = new_val;
2616 /* We will stop here */
2617 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2618 }
2619 else
2620 {
2621 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2622 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2623 /* We won't stop here */
2624 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2625 }
2626 }
2627 else
2628 {
2629 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2630 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2631 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2632 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2633 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2634 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2635 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2636 the first value assigned). */
2637 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2638 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2639 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2640 information here. */
2641 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2642 ui_out_field_string
2643 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2644 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2645 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2646 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2647 which its expression is valid.\n");
2648
2649 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2650 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2651 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2652
2653 return WP_DELETED;
2654 }
2655 }
2656
2657 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
2658 BP_ADDR in thread PTID. STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT is 1 if the
2659 target thinks we stopped due to a hardware watchpoint, 0 if we
2660 know we did not trigger a hardware watchpoint, and -1 if we do not know. */
2661
2662 /* Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
2663 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
2664
2665 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
2666
2667 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
2668
2669 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
2670 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
2671 several reasons concurrently.)
2672
2673 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
2674 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
2675
2676 bpstat
2677 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid, int stopped_by_watchpoint)
2678 {
2679 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
2680 struct bp_location *bl;
2681 /* True if we've hit a breakpoint (as opposed to a watchpoint). */
2682 int real_breakpoint = 0;
2683 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
2684 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
2685 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
2686 bpstat bs = root_bs;
2687 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2688
2689 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
2690 {
2691 b = bl->owner;
2692 gdb_assert (b);
2693 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2694 continue;
2695
2696 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2697 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2698 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2699 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2700 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2701 && b->type != bp_catch_fork
2702 && b->type != bp_catch_vfork
2703 && b->type != bp_catch_exec
2704 && b->type != bp_catch_catch
2705 && b->type != bp_catch_throw) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2706 {
2707 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2708 continue;
2709 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2710 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2711 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2712 continue;
2713 }
2714
2715 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2716 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2717 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2718 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2719 been defined. */
2720
2721 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2722 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2723 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2724 && !stopped_by_watchpoint)
2725 continue;
2726
2727 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2728 {
2729 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2730 continue;
2731 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2732 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2733 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2734 continue;
2735 }
2736
2737 /* Is this a catchpoint of a load or unload? If so, did we
2738 get a load or unload of the specified library? If not,
2739 ignore it. */
2740 if ((b->type == bp_catch_load)
2741 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT)
2742 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2743 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2744 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2745 SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2746 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2747 != 0)))
2748 #endif
2749 )
2750 continue;
2751
2752 if ((b->type == bp_catch_unload)
2753 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT)
2754 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2755 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2756 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2757 SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2758 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2759 != 0)))
2760 #endif
2761 )
2762 continue;
2763
2764 if ((b->type == bp_catch_fork)
2765 && !inferior_has_forked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2766 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2767 continue;
2768
2769 if ((b->type == bp_catch_vfork)
2770 && !inferior_has_vforked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2771 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2772 continue;
2773
2774 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec)
2775 && !inferior_has_execd (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), &b->exec_pathname))
2776 continue;
2777
2778 if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b) &&
2779 !(current_exception_event = target_get_current_exception_event ()))
2780 continue;
2781
2782 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
2783
2784 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
2785
2786 /* Watchpoints may change this, if not found to have triggered. */
2787 bs->stop = 1;
2788 bs->print = 1;
2789
2790 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint ||
2791 b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2792 {
2793 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2794 b->number);
2795 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2796 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2797 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2798 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2799 switch (e)
2800 {
2801 case WP_DELETED:
2802 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2803 /* Actually this is superfluous, because by the time we
2804 call print_it_typical() the wp will be already deleted,
2805 and the function will return immediately. */
2806 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2807 /* Stop. */
2808 break;
2809 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2810 /* Stop. */
2811 ++(b->hit_count);
2812 break;
2813 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2814 /* Don't stop. */
2815 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2816 bs->stop = 0;
2817 continue;
2818 default:
2819 /* Can't happen. */
2820 /* FALLTHROUGH */
2821 case 0:
2822 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2823 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2824 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2825 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2826 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2827 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2828 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2829
2830 /* Stop. */
2831 break;
2832 }
2833 }
2834 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
2835 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2836 {
2837 CORE_ADDR addr;
2838 struct value *v;
2839 int found = 0;
2840
2841 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2842 continue;
2843 for (v = b->val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
2844 {
2845 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
2846 && ! value_lazy (v))
2847 {
2848 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
2849
2850 if (v == b->val_chain
2851 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2852 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
2853 {
2854 CORE_ADDR vaddr;
2855
2856 vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
2857 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2858 sufficient. */
2859 if (addr >= vaddr &&
2860 addr < vaddr + TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)))
2861 found = 1;
2862 }
2863 }
2864 }
2865 if (found)
2866 {
2867 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2868 b->number);
2869 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2870 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2871 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2872 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2873 switch (e)
2874 {
2875 case WP_DELETED:
2876 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2877 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2878 /* Stop. */
2879 break;
2880 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2881 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2882 {
2883 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2884 the value has changed. This is for targets
2885 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2886 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2887 bs->stop = 0;
2888 continue;
2889 }
2890 ++(b->hit_count);
2891 break;
2892 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2893 /* Stop. */
2894 ++(b->hit_count);
2895 break;
2896 default:
2897 /* Can't happen. */
2898 case 0:
2899 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2900 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2901 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2902 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2903 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2904 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2905 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2906 break;
2907 }
2908 }
2909 else /* found == 0 */
2910 {
2911 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered,
2912 but not at the address of this watchpoint (FOUND
2913 was left zero). So don't print anything for this
2914 watchpoint. */
2915 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2916 bs->stop = 0;
2917 continue;
2918 }
2919 }
2920 else
2921 {
2922 /* By definition, an encountered breakpoint is a triggered
2923 breakpoint. */
2924 ++(b->hit_count);
2925
2926 real_breakpoint = 1;
2927 }
2928
2929 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2930 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2931 bs->stop = 0;
2932 else
2933 {
2934 int value_is_zero = 0;
2935
2936 if (bl->cond)
2937 {
2938 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2939 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
2940 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2941 value_is_zero
2942 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
2943 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2944 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2945 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2946 free_all_values ();
2947 }
2948 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
2949 {
2950 bs->stop = 0;
2951 /* Don't consider this a hit. */
2952 --(b->hit_count);
2953 }
2954 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2955 {
2956 bs->stop = 0;
2957 /* Don't consider this a hit. */
2958 --(b->hit_count);
2959 }
2960 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
2961 {
2962 b->ignore_count--;
2963 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
2964 bs->stop = 0;
2965 }
2966 else
2967 {
2968 /* We will stop here */
2969 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
2970 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2971 if (b->silent)
2972 bs->print = 0;
2973 bs->commands = b->commands;
2974 if (bs->commands &&
2975 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
2976 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
2977 {
2978 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
2979 bs->print = 0;
2980 }
2981 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
2982 }
2983 }
2984 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
2985 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
2986 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2987 }
2988
2989 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
2990 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
2991
2992 /* The value of a hardware watchpoint hasn't changed, but the
2993 intermediate memory locations we are watching may have. */
2994 if (bs && !bs->stop &&
2995 (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
2996 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
2997 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
2998 {
2999 remove_breakpoints ();
3000 insert_breakpoints ();
3001 }
3002 return bs;
3003 }
3004 \f
3005 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3006 struct bpstat_what
3007 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3008 {
3009 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3010 enum class
3011 {
3012 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3013 no_effect = 0,
3014
3015 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3016 wp_silent,
3017
3018 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3019 wp_noisy,
3020
3021 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3022 bp_nostop,
3023
3024 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3025 bp_silent,
3026
3027 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3028 bp_noisy,
3029
3030 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3031 long_jump,
3032
3033 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3034 long_resume,
3035
3036 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3037 step_resume,
3038
3039 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3040 shlib_event,
3041
3042 /* We caught a shared library event. */
3043 catch_shlib_event,
3044
3045 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3046 class_last
3047 };
3048
3049 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3050 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3051 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3052 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3053 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3054 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3055 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3056 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3057 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3058 #define clrs BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME_SINGLE
3059 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3060 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3061 #define shlr BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS_RESUME_FROM_HOOK
3062
3063 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3064 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3065 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3066 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3067
3068 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3069 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3070 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3071 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3072 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3073 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3074 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3075
3076 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3077 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3078 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3079 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3080 ordering is:
3081
3082 kc < clr sgl shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3083 sgl < clrs shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3084 slr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3085 clr < clrs err shl shlr sn sr ss
3086 clrs < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3087 ss < shl shlr sn sr
3088 sn < shl shlr sr
3089 shl < shlr sr
3090 shlr < sr
3091 sr <
3092
3093 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3094 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3095 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3096 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3097 logic to handle the 'err' cases, and the CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME/
3098 CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME_SINGLE distinction (which breakpoint.h says
3099 is messy anyway). */
3100
3101 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3102 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3103 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3104
3105 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3106 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3107 {
3108 /* old action */
3109 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr clrs sr shl shlr
3110 */
3111 /*no_effect */
3112 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, clrs, sr, shl, shlr},
3113 /*wp_silent */
3114 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3115 /*wp_noisy */
3116 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3117 /*bp_nostop */
3118 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clrs, clrs, sr, shl, shlr},
3119 /*bp_silent */
3120 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3121 /*bp_noisy */
3122 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3123 /*long_jump */
3124 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3125 /*long_resume */
3126 {clr, ss, sn, clrs, err, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3127 /*step_resume */
3128 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3129 /*shlib */
3130 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl, shlr},
3131 /*catch_shlib */
3132 {shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, sr, shlr, shlr}
3133 };
3134
3135 #undef kc
3136 #undef ss
3137 #undef sn
3138 #undef sgl
3139 #undef slr
3140 #undef clr
3141 #undef clrs
3142 #undef err
3143 #undef sr
3144 #undef ts
3145 #undef shl
3146 #undef shlr
3147 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3148 struct bpstat_what retval;
3149
3150 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3151 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3152 {
3153 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3154 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3155 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3156 which has since been deleted. */
3157 continue;
3158 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3159 {
3160 case bp_none:
3161 continue;
3162
3163 case bp_breakpoint:
3164 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3165 case bp_until:
3166 case bp_finish:
3167 if (bs->stop)
3168 {
3169 if (bs->print)
3170 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3171 else
3172 bs_class = bp_silent;
3173 }
3174 else
3175 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3176 break;
3177 case bp_watchpoint:
3178 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3179 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3180 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3181 if (bs->stop)
3182 {
3183 if (bs->print)
3184 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3185 else
3186 bs_class = wp_silent;
3187 }
3188 else
3189 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3190 This requires no further action. */
3191 bs_class = no_effect;
3192 break;
3193 case bp_longjmp:
3194 bs_class = long_jump;
3195 break;
3196 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3197 bs_class = long_resume;
3198 break;
3199 case bp_step_resume:
3200 if (bs->stop)
3201 {
3202 bs_class = step_resume;
3203 }
3204 else
3205 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3206 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3207 break;
3208 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3209 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3210 break;
3211 case bp_shlib_event:
3212 bs_class = shlib_event;
3213 break;
3214 case bp_thread_event:
3215 case bp_overlay_event:
3216 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3217 break;
3218 case bp_catch_load:
3219 case bp_catch_unload:
3220 /* Only if this catchpoint triggered should we cause the
3221 step-out-of-dld behaviour. Otherwise, we ignore this
3222 catchpoint. */
3223 if (bs->stop)
3224 bs_class = catch_shlib_event;
3225 else
3226 bs_class = no_effect;
3227 break;
3228 case bp_catch_fork:
3229 case bp_catch_vfork:
3230 case bp_catch_exec:
3231 if (bs->stop)
3232 {
3233 if (bs->print)
3234 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3235 else
3236 bs_class = bp_silent;
3237 }
3238 else
3239 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3240 This requires no further action. */
3241 bs_class = no_effect;
3242 break;
3243 case bp_catch_catch:
3244 if (!bs->stop || CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
3245 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3246 else if (bs->stop)
3247 bs_class = bs->print ? bp_noisy : bp_silent;
3248 break;
3249 case bp_catch_throw:
3250 if (!bs->stop || CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND != EX_EVENT_THROW)
3251 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3252 else if (bs->stop)
3253 bs_class = bs->print ? bp_noisy : bp_silent;
3254 break;
3255 case bp_call_dummy:
3256 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3257 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3258 bs_class = bp_silent;
3259 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3260 break;
3261 }
3262 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3263 }
3264 retval.main_action = current_action;
3265 return retval;
3266 }
3267
3268 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3269 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3270 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3271
3272 int
3273 bpstat_should_step (void)
3274 {
3275 struct breakpoint *b;
3276 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3277 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3278 return 1;
3279 return 0;
3280 }
3281
3282 /* Nonzero if there are enabled hardware watchpoints. */
3283 int
3284 bpstat_have_active_hw_watchpoints (void)
3285 {
3286 struct bp_location *bpt;
3287 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
3288 if (breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
3289 && bpt->inserted
3290 && bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3291 return 1;
3292 return 0;
3293 }
3294 \f
3295
3296 /* Given a bpstat that records zero or more triggered eventpoints, this
3297 function returns another bpstat which contains only the catchpoints
3298 on that first list, if any. */
3299 void
3300 bpstat_get_triggered_catchpoints (bpstat ep_list, bpstat *cp_list)
3301 {
3302 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3303 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3304 struct breakpoint *ep;
3305 char *dll_pathname;
3306
3307 bpstat_clear (cp_list);
3308 root_bs->next = NULL;
3309
3310 for (; ep_list != NULL; ep_list = ep_list->next)
3311 {
3312 /* Is this eventpoint a catchpoint? If not, ignore it. */
3313 ep = ep_list->breakpoint_at->owner;
3314 if (ep == NULL)
3315 break;
3316 if ((ep->type != bp_catch_load) &&
3317 (ep->type != bp_catch_unload) &&
3318 (ep->type != bp_catch_catch) &&
3319 (ep->type != bp_catch_throw))
3320 /* pai: (temp) ADD fork/vfork here!! */
3321 continue;
3322
3323 /* Yes; add it to the list. */
3324 bs = bpstat_alloc (ep_list->breakpoint_at, bs);
3325 *bs = *ep_list;
3326 bs->next = NULL;
3327 bs = root_bs->next;
3328
3329 #if defined(SOLIB_ADD)
3330 /* Also, for each triggered catchpoint, tag it with the name of
3331 the library that caused this trigger. (We copy the name now,
3332 because it's only guaranteed to be available NOW, when the
3333 catchpoint triggers. Clients who may wish to know the name
3334 later must get it from the catchpoint itself.) */
3335 if (ep->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
3336 xfree (ep->triggered_dll_pathname);
3337 if (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
3338 dll_pathname = SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3339 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3340 else
3341 dll_pathname = SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3342 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3343 #else
3344 dll_pathname = NULL;
3345 #endif
3346 if (dll_pathname)
3347 {
3348 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = (char *)
3349 xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
3350 strcpy (ep->triggered_dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
3351 }
3352 else
3353 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
3354 }
3355
3356 *cp_list = bs;
3357 }
3358
3359 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3360 struct bp_location *loc,
3361 char *wrap_indent,
3362 struct ui_stream *stb)
3363 {
3364 if (b->source_file)
3365 {
3366 struct symbol *sym
3367 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3368 if (sym)
3369 {
3370 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3371 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3372 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3373 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3374 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3375 }
3376 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3377 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3378
3379 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3380 {
3381 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3382 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3383
3384 if (fullname)
3385 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3386 }
3387
3388 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3389 }
3390 else if (!b->loc)
3391 {
3392 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3393 }
3394 else
3395 {
3396 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3397 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3398 }
3399 }
3400
3401 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3402 static void
3403 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3404 struct bp_location *loc,
3405 int loc_number,
3406 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3407 {
3408 struct command_line *l;
3409 struct symbol *sym;
3410 struct ep_type_description
3411 {
3412 enum bptype type;
3413 char *description;
3414 };
3415 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3416 {
3417 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3418 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3419 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3420 {bp_until, "until"},
3421 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3422 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3423 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3424 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3425 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3426 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3427 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3428 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3429 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3430 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3431 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3432 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3433 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3434 {bp_catch_load, "catch load"},
3435 {bp_catch_unload, "catch unload"},
3436 {bp_catch_fork, "catch fork"},
3437 {bp_catch_vfork, "catch vfork"},
3438 {bp_catch_exec, "catch exec"},
3439 {bp_catch_catch, "catch catch"},
3440 {bp_catch_throw, "catch throw"}
3441 };
3442
3443 static char *bpdisps[] =
3444 {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
3445 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3446 char wrap_indent[80];
3447 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3448 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3449 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3450
3451 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3452 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3453
3454 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3455 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3456 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3457 location. */
3458 if (loc == NULL
3459 && (b->loc != NULL
3460 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3461 header_of_multiple = 1;
3462 if (loc == NULL)
3463 loc = b->loc;
3464
3465 annotate_record ();
3466 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3467
3468 /* 1 */
3469 annotate_field (0);
3470 if (part_of_multiple)
3471 {
3472 char *formatted;
3473 asprintf (&formatted, "%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3474 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3475 xfree (formatted);
3476 }
3477 else
3478 {
3479 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3480 }
3481
3482 /* 2 */
3483 annotate_field (1);
3484 if (part_of_multiple)
3485 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3486 else
3487 {
3488 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3489 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3490 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3491 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3492 (int) b->type);
3493 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3494 }
3495
3496 /* 3 */
3497 annotate_field (2);
3498 if (part_of_multiple)
3499 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3500 else
3501 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int) b->disposition]);
3502
3503
3504 /* 4 */
3505 annotate_field (3);
3506 if (part_of_multiple)
3507 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled",
3508 loc->shlib_disabled
3509 ? (loc->enabled ? "y(p)" : "n(p)")
3510 : (loc->enabled ? "y" : "n"));
3511 else
3512 {
3513 int pending = (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled);
3514 /* For header of multiple, there's no point showing pending
3515 state -- it will be apparent from the locations. */
3516 if (header_of_multiple)
3517 pending = 0;
3518 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c%s",
3519 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state],
3520 pending ? "(p)" : "");
3521 if (!pending)
3522 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 3);
3523 }
3524
3525
3526 /* 5 and 6 */
3527 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3528 if (addressprint)
3529 {
3530 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3531 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3532 else
3533 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3534 }
3535
3536 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3537 {
3538 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3539 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3540 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3541 just one location. */
3542 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3543 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3544 }
3545 else
3546 switch (b->type)
3547 {
3548 case bp_none:
3549 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3550 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3551 break;
3552
3553 case bp_watchpoint:
3554 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3555 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3556 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3557 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3558 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3559 is relatively readable). */
3560 if (addressprint)
3561 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3562 annotate_field (5);
3563 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
3564 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", stb);
3565 break;
3566
3567 case bp_catch_load:
3568 case bp_catch_unload:
3569 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3570 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3571 is relatively readable). */
3572 if (addressprint)
3573 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3574 annotate_field (5);
3575 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
3576 {
3577 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
3578 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3579 }
3580 else
3581 {
3582 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
3583 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
3584 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3585 }
3586 break;
3587
3588 case bp_catch_fork:
3589 case bp_catch_vfork:
3590 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3591 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3592 is relatively readable). */
3593 if (addressprint)
3594 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3595 annotate_field (5);
3596 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
3597 {
3598 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
3599 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
3600 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3601 }
3602 break;
3603
3604 case bp_catch_exec:
3605 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3606 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3607 is relatively readable). */
3608 if (addressprint)
3609 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3610 annotate_field (5);
3611 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
3612 {
3613 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
3614 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
3615 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3616 }
3617 break;
3618
3619 case bp_catch_catch:
3620 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3621 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3622 is relatively readable). */
3623 if (addressprint)
3624 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3625 annotate_field (5);
3626 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
3627 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3628 break;
3629
3630 case bp_catch_throw:
3631 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3632 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3633 is relatively readable). */
3634 if (addressprint)
3635 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3636 annotate_field (5);
3637 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
3638 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3639 break;
3640
3641 case bp_breakpoint:
3642 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3643 case bp_until:
3644 case bp_finish:
3645 case bp_longjmp:
3646 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3647 case bp_step_resume:
3648 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3649 case bp_call_dummy:
3650 case bp_shlib_event:
3651 case bp_thread_event:
3652 case bp_overlay_event:
3653 if (addressprint)
3654 {
3655 annotate_field (4);
3656 if (b->loc == NULL)
3657 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3658 else if (header_of_multiple)
3659 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3660 else
3661 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3662 }
3663 annotate_field (5);
3664 if (!header_of_multiple)
3665 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3666 if (b->loc)
3667 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3668 break;
3669 }
3670
3671 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3672 {
3673 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3674 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3675 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3676 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3677 }
3678
3679 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3680
3681 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3682 {
3683 annotate_field (6);
3684 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3685 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3686 the frame ID. */
3687 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3688 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3689 }
3690
3691 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3692 {
3693 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3694 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3695 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3696 annotate_field (7);
3697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3699 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3700 }
3701
3702 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3703 {
3704 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3705 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3706 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3707 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3708 }
3709
3710 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count)
3711 {
3712 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3713 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3714 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3715 else
3716 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3717 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3719 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3720 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3721 else
3722 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3723 }
3724
3725 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3726 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3727 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3728 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count == 0)
3729 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3730
3731 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3732 {
3733 annotate_field (8);
3734 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3735 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3736 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3737 }
3738
3739 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3740 {
3741 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3742
3743 annotate_field (9);
3744 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3745 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3746 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3747 }
3748 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3749 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3750 }
3751
3752 static void
3753 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3754 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3755 {
3756 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3757
3758 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3759 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3760 locations, if any. */
3761 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3762 {
3763 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3764 disabled, we print it as if it had
3765 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3766 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3767 situation. */
3768 if (b->loc
3769 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3770 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3771 {
3772 struct bp_location *loc;
3773 int n = 1;
3774 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3775 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3776 }
3777 }
3778 }
3779
3780
3781 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3782 {
3783 int bnum;
3784 };
3785
3786 static int
3787 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3788 {
3789 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3790 struct breakpoint *b;
3791 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3792 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3793 {
3794 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3795 {
3796 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3797 return GDB_RC_OK;
3798 }
3799 }
3800 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3801 }
3802
3803 enum gdb_rc
3804 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3805 {
3806 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3807 args.bnum = bnum;
3808 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3809 an error. */
3810 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3811 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3812 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3813 else
3814 return GDB_RC_OK;
3815 }
3816
3817 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3818 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3819
3820 static int
3821 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3822 {
3823 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3824 || b->type == bp_catch_load
3825 || b->type == bp_catch_unload
3826 || b->type == bp_catch_fork
3827 || b->type == bp_catch_vfork
3828 || b->type == bp_catch_exec
3829 || b->type == bp_catch_catch
3830 || b->type == bp_catch_throw
3831 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3832 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3833 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3834 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3835 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3836 }
3837
3838 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3839 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3840 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3841
3842 static void
3843 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3844 {
3845 struct breakpoint *b;
3846 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3847 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3848 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3849
3850 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3851 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3852 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3853 if (bnum == -1
3854 || bnum == b->number)
3855 {
3856 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3857 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3858 }
3859
3860 if (addressprint)
3861 bkpttbl_chain
3862 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3863 "BreakpointTable");
3864 else
3865 bkpttbl_chain
3866 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3867 "BreakpointTable");
3868
3869 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3870 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3871 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3872 annotate_field (0);
3873 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3874 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3875 annotate_field (1);
3876 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3877 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3878 annotate_field (2);
3879 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3880 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3881 annotate_field (3);
3882 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3883 if (addressprint)
3884 {
3885 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3886 annotate_field (4);
3887 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3888 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3889 else
3890 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3891 }
3892 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3893 annotate_field (5);
3894 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3895 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3896 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3897 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3898
3899 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3900 if (bnum == -1
3901 || bnum == b->number)
3902 {
3903 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3904 allflag is set. */
3905 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3906 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3907 }
3908
3909 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3910
3911 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3912 {
3913 if (bnum == -1)
3914 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3915 else
3916 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3917 bnum);
3918 }
3919 else
3920 {
3921 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3922 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3923 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3924 set_next_address (last_addr);
3925 }
3926
3927 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3928 there have been breakpoints? */
3929 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3930 }
3931
3932 static void
3933 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3934 {
3935 int bnum = -1;
3936
3937 if (bnum_exp)
3938 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3939
3940 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3941 }
3942
3943 static void
3944 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3945 {
3946 int bnum = -1;
3947
3948 if (bnum_exp)
3949 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3950
3951 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
3952 }
3953
3954 static int
3955 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section)
3956 {
3957 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
3958 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
3959 {
3960 if (bl->address == pc
3961 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
3962 return 1;
3963 }
3964 return 0;
3965 }
3966
3967 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
3968
3969 static void
3970 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section, int thread)
3971 {
3972 int others = 0;
3973 struct breakpoint *b;
3974
3975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3976 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
3977 if (others > 0)
3978 {
3979 if (others == 1)
3980 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
3981 else /* if (others == ???) */
3982 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
3983 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3984 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
3985 {
3986 others--;
3987 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
3988 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
3989 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
3990 else if (b->thread != -1)
3991 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
3992 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
3993 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
3994 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
3995 ? " (disabled)"
3996 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
3997 ? " (permanent)"
3998 : ""),
3999 (others > 1) ? ","
4000 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4001 }
4002 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4003 deprecated_print_address_numeric (pc, 1, gdb_stdout);
4004 printf_filtered (".\n");
4005 }
4006 }
4007 \f
4008 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4009 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4010
4011 void
4012 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4013 int line)
4014 {
4015 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4016 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4017 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4018 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4019 }
4020
4021 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4022 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4023 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4024 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4025
4026 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4027 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4028 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4029 breakpoint at address zero:
4030
4031 bp_watchpoint
4032 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4033 bp_read_watchpoint
4034 bp_access_watchpoint
4035 bp_catch_exec
4036 bp_longjmp_resume
4037 bp_catch_fork
4038 bp_catch_vork */
4039
4040 static int
4041 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4042 {
4043 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4044
4045 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4046 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4047 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4048 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4049 && type != bp_catch_exec
4050 && type != bp_longjmp_resume
4051 && type != bp_catch_fork
4052 && type != bp_catch_vfork);
4053 }
4054
4055 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4056 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4057 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4058 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4059 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4060
4061 static void
4062 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, asection *section)
4063 {
4064 struct bp_location *b;
4065 int count = 0;
4066 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4067
4068 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4069 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4070 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4071 && b->enabled
4072 && !b->shlib_disabled
4073 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4074 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4075 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4076 {
4077 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4078 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4079 {
4080 perm_bp = b;
4081 break;
4082 }
4083
4084 count++;
4085 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4086 }
4087
4088 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4089 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there to be the
4090 duplicates. */
4091 if (perm_bp)
4092 {
4093 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4094
4095 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4096 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4097 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4098 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4099 "actually inserted"));
4100
4101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4102 if (b != perm_bp)
4103 {
4104 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4105 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4106 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4107 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4108 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4109 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4110 {
4111 if (b->inserted)
4112 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4113 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4114 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4115
4116 b->duplicate = 1;
4117 }
4118 }
4119 }
4120 }
4121
4122 static void
4123 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4124 {
4125 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4126
4127 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4128 return;
4129
4130 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4131 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4132 }
4133
4134 static void
4135 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4136 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4137 {
4138 char astr1[40];
4139 char astr2[40];
4140
4141 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4142 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4143 if (have_bnum)
4144 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4145 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4146 else
4147 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4148 }
4149
4150 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4151 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4152 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4153 this function is simply the identity function. */
4154
4155 static CORE_ADDR
4156 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4157 {
4158 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4159 {
4160 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4161 return bpaddr;
4162 }
4163 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4164 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4165 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4166 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4167 || bptype == bp_catch_fork
4168 || bptype == bp_catch_vfork
4169 || bptype == bp_catch_exec)
4170 {
4171 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4172 have their addresses modified. */
4173 return bpaddr;
4174 }
4175 else
4176 {
4177 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4178
4179 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4180 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4181 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4182 bpaddr);
4183
4184 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4185 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4186 is required. */
4187 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4188 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4189
4190 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4191 }
4192 }
4193
4194 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4195
4196 static struct bp_location *
4197 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type)
4198 {
4199 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4200
4201 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4202 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4203
4204 loc->owner = bpt;
4205 loc->cond = NULL;
4206 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4207 loc->enabled = 1;
4208
4209 switch (bp_type)
4210 {
4211 case bp_breakpoint:
4212 case bp_until:
4213 case bp_finish:
4214 case bp_longjmp:
4215 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4216 case bp_step_resume:
4217 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4218 case bp_call_dummy:
4219 case bp_shlib_event:
4220 case bp_thread_event:
4221 case bp_overlay_event:
4222 case bp_catch_load:
4223 case bp_catch_unload:
4224 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4225 break;
4226 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4227 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4228 break;
4229 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4230 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4231 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4232 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4233 break;
4234 case bp_watchpoint:
4235 case bp_catch_fork:
4236 case bp_catch_vfork:
4237 case bp_catch_exec:
4238 case bp_catch_catch:
4239 case bp_catch_throw:
4240 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4241 break;
4242 default:
4243 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4244 }
4245
4246 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain. */
4247
4248 loc_p = bp_location_chain;
4249 if (loc_p == 0)
4250 bp_location_chain = loc;
4251 else
4252 {
4253 while (loc_p->global_next)
4254 loc_p = loc_p->global_next;
4255 loc_p->global_next = loc;
4256 }
4257
4258 return loc;
4259 }
4260
4261 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4262 {
4263 if (loc->cond)
4264 xfree (loc->cond);
4265 xfree (loc);
4266 }
4267
4268 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4269 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4270
4271 struct breakpoint *
4272 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4273 {
4274 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4275
4276 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4277 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4278
4279 b->type = bptype;
4280 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4281 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4282 b->thread = -1;
4283 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4284 b->next = 0;
4285 b->silent = 0;
4286 b->ignore_count = 0;
4287 b->commands = NULL;
4288 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4289 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4290 b->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
4291 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4292 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4293 b->ops = NULL;
4294 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4295
4296 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4297 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4298 of increasing numbers. */
4299
4300 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4301 if (b1 == 0)
4302 breakpoint_chain = b;
4303 else
4304 {
4305 while (b1->next)
4306 b1 = b1->next;
4307 b1->next = b;
4308 }
4309 return b;
4310 }
4311
4312 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4313 static void
4314 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4315 {
4316 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4317 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4318 {
4319 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4320 NULL, NULL);
4321 if (loc->function_name)
4322 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4323 }
4324 }
4325
4326 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4327 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4328 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4329 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4330 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4331 is also returned as the value of this function.
4332
4333 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4334 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4335 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4336 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4337 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4338 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4339 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4340
4341 struct breakpoint *
4342 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4343 {
4344 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4345 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4346
4347 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4348 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4349 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4350 breakpoint may cause read_memory_nobpt() to be called and we do
4351 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4352 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4353 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, bptype);
4354
4355 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
4356 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4357 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4358
4359 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4360 b->source_file = NULL;
4361 else
4362 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4363 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4364 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4365 b->line_number = sal.line;
4366
4367 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4368
4369 check_duplicates (b);
4370 breakpoints_changed ();
4371
4372 return b;
4373 }
4374
4375
4376 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4377 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4378 void
4379 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4380 {
4381 struct bp_location *bl;
4382 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4383
4384 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4385 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4386 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4387 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4388 but it's easy to implmement. */
4389 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4390 bl->inserted = 1;
4391 }
4392
4393 static struct breakpoint *
4394 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4395 {
4396 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4397 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4398 struct breakpoint *b;
4399
4400 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4401
4402 sal.pc = address;
4403 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4404
4405 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4406 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4407 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4408
4409 return b;
4410 }
4411
4412
4413 static void
4414 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4415 {
4416 struct breakpoint *b;
4417 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4418
4419 if (func_name == NULL)
4420 b = create_internal_breakpoint (0, bp_longjmp_resume);
4421 else
4422 {
4423 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4424 return;
4425
4426 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4427 }
4428
4429 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4430 b->silent = 1;
4431 if (func_name)
4432 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4433 }
4434
4435 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4436 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4437 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4438
4439 void
4440 enable_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4441 {
4442 struct breakpoint *b;
4443
4444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4445 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4446 {
4447 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4448 check_duplicates (b);
4449 }
4450 }
4451
4452 void
4453 disable_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4454 {
4455 struct breakpoint *b;
4456
4457 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4458 if (b->type == bp_longjmp
4459 || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
4460 {
4461 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4462 check_duplicates (b);
4463 }
4464 }
4465
4466 static void
4467 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4468 {
4469 struct breakpoint *b;
4470 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4471
4472 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4473 return;
4474
4475 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4476 bp_overlay_event);
4477 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4478
4479 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4480 {
4481 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4482 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4483 }
4484 else
4485 {
4486 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4487 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4488 }
4489 }
4490
4491 void
4492 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4493 {
4494 struct breakpoint *b;
4495
4496 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4497 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4498 {
4499 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4500 check_duplicates (b);
4501 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4502 }
4503 }
4504
4505 void
4506 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4507 {
4508 struct breakpoint *b;
4509
4510 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4511 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4512 {
4513 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4514 check_duplicates (b);
4515 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4516 }
4517 }
4518
4519 struct breakpoint *
4520 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4521 {
4522 struct breakpoint *b;
4523
4524 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4525
4526 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4527 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4528 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4529
4530 return b;
4531 }
4532
4533 void
4534 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4535 {
4536 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4537
4538 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4539 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4540 delete_breakpoint (b);
4541 }
4542
4543 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4544 {
4545 char **arg_p;
4546 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4547 char ***addr_string_p;
4548 int *not_found_ptr;
4549 };
4550
4551 struct lang_and_radix
4552 {
4553 enum language lang;
4554 int radix;
4555 };
4556
4557
4558 void
4559 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4560 {
4561 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4562
4563 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4564 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4565 delete_breakpoint (b);
4566 }
4567
4568 struct breakpoint *
4569 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4570 {
4571 struct breakpoint *b;
4572
4573 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4574 return b;
4575 }
4576
4577 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4578 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4579
4580 void
4581 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4582 {
4583 struct bp_location *loc;
4584 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4585
4586 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4587 {
4588 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4589 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4590 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4591 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4592 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4593 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4594 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
4595 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4596 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4597 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4598 #else
4599 && solib_address (loc->address)
4600 #endif
4601 )
4602 {
4603 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4604 }
4605 }
4606 }
4607
4608 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4609 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4610
4611 void
4612 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4613 {
4614 struct bp_location *loc;
4615 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4616
4617 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4618 {
4619 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4620 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4621 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4622 && !loc->shlib_disabled)
4623 {
4624 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4625 char *so_name = PC_SOLIB (loc->address);
4626 #else
4627 char *so_name = solib_address (loc->address);
4628 #endif
4629 if (so_name && !strcmp (so_name, solib->so_name))
4630 {
4631 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4632 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4633 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4634 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4635 loc->inserted = 0;
4636 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4637 {
4638 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4639 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4640 so_name);
4641 }
4642 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4643 }
4644 }
4645 }
4646 }
4647
4648 static void
4649 solib_load_unload_1 (char *hookname, int tempflag, char *dll_pathname,
4650 char *cond_string, enum bptype bp_kind)
4651 {
4652 struct breakpoint *b;
4653 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
4654 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4655 struct cleanup *canonical_strings_chain = NULL;
4656 char *addr_start = hookname;
4657 char *addr_end = NULL;
4658 char **canonical = (char **) NULL;
4659 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4660
4661 /* Set a breakpoint on the specified hook. */
4662 sals = decode_line_1 (&hookname, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
4663 0, &canonical, NULL);
4664 addr_end = hookname;
4665
4666 if (sals.nelts == 0)
4667 {
4668 warning (_("Unable to set a breakpoint on dynamic linker callback.\n"
4669 "Suggest linking with /opt/langtools/lib/end.o.\n"
4670 "GDB will be unable to track shl_load/shl_unload calls."));
4671 return;
4672 }
4673 if (sals.nelts != 1)
4674 {
4675 warning (_("Unable to set unique breakpoint on dynamic linker callback.\n"
4676 "GDB will be unable to track shl_load/shl_unload calls."));
4677 return;
4678 }
4679
4680 /* Make sure that all storage allocated in decode_line_1 gets freed
4681 in case the following errors out. */
4682 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
4683 if (canonical != (char **) NULL)
4684 {
4685 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical);
4686 canonical_strings_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4687 if (canonical[0] != NULL)
4688 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical[0]);
4689 }
4690
4691 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
4692
4693 /* Remove the canonical strings from the cleanup, they are needed below. */
4694 if (canonical != (char **) NULL)
4695 discard_cleanups (canonical_strings_chain);
4696
4697 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sals.sals[0], bp_kind);
4698 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4699 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4700 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4701 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4702 b->thread = thread;
4703
4704 if (canonical != (char **) NULL && canonical[0] != NULL)
4705 b->addr_string = canonical[0];
4706 else if (addr_start)
4707 b->addr_string = savestring (addr_start, addr_end - addr_start);
4708
4709 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4710 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4711
4712 if (dll_pathname == NULL)
4713 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4714 else
4715 {
4716 b->dll_pathname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
4717 strcpy (b->dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
4718 }
4719
4720 mention (b);
4721 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4722 }
4723
4724 void
4725 create_solib_load_event_breakpoint (char *hookname, int tempflag,
4726 char *dll_pathname, char *cond_string)
4727 {
4728 solib_load_unload_1 (hookname, tempflag, dll_pathname,
4729 cond_string, bp_catch_load);
4730 }
4731
4732 void
4733 create_solib_unload_event_breakpoint (char *hookname, int tempflag,
4734 char *dll_pathname, char *cond_string)
4735 {
4736 solib_load_unload_1 (hookname, tempflag, dll_pathname,
4737 cond_string, bp_catch_unload);
4738 }
4739
4740 static void
4741 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4742 enum bptype bp_kind)
4743 {
4744 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4745 struct breakpoint *b;
4746 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4747
4748 init_sal (&sal);
4749 sal.pc = 0;
4750 sal.symtab = NULL;
4751 sal.line = 0;
4752
4753 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_kind);
4754 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4755 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4756 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4757 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4758 b->thread = thread;
4759 b->addr_string = NULL;
4760 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4761 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4762 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4763
4764 mention (b);
4765 }
4766
4767 void
4768 create_fork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4769 {
4770 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_fork);
4771 }
4772
4773 void
4774 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4775 {
4776 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_vfork);
4777 }
4778
4779 void
4780 create_exec_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4781 {
4782 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4783 struct breakpoint *b;
4784 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4785
4786 init_sal (&sal);
4787 sal.pc = 0;
4788 sal.symtab = NULL;
4789 sal.line = 0;
4790
4791 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catch_exec);
4792 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4793 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4794 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4795 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4796 b->thread = thread;
4797 b->addr_string = NULL;
4798 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4799 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4800
4801 mention (b);
4802 }
4803
4804 static int
4805 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4806 {
4807 struct breakpoint *b;
4808 int i = 0;
4809
4810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4811 {
4812 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && b->enable_state == bp_enabled)
4813 i++;
4814 }
4815
4816 return i;
4817 }
4818
4819 static int
4820 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4821 {
4822 struct breakpoint *b;
4823 int i = 0;
4824
4825 *other_type_used = 0;
4826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4827 {
4828 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4829 {
4830 if (b->type == type)
4831 i++;
4832 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4833 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4834 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4835 *other_type_used = 1;
4836 }
4837 }
4838 return i;
4839 }
4840
4841 /* Call this after hitting the longjmp() breakpoint. Use this to set
4842 a new breakpoint at the target of the jmp_buf.
4843
4844 FIXME - This ought to be done by setting a temporary breakpoint
4845 that gets deleted automatically... */
4846
4847 void
4848 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc, struct frame_id frame_id)
4849 {
4850 struct breakpoint *b;
4851
4852 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4853 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
4854 {
4855 b->loc->requested_address = pc;
4856 b->loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (b->loc->requested_address,
4857 b->type);
4858 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4859 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4860 check_duplicates (b);
4861 return;
4862 }
4863 }
4864
4865 void
4866 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4867 {
4868 struct breakpoint *b;
4869
4870 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4871 {
4872 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4873 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4874 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4875 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4876 || ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b))
4877 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4878 {
4879 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4880 check_duplicates (b);
4881 }
4882 }
4883 }
4884
4885 void
4886 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4887 {
4888 struct breakpoint *b;
4889
4890 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4891 {
4892 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4893 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4894 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4895 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4896 || ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b))
4897 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4898 {
4899 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4900 check_duplicates (b);
4901 }
4902 }
4903 }
4904
4905
4906 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4907 at address specified by SAL.
4908 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4909
4910 struct breakpoint *
4911 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4912 enum bptype type)
4913 {
4914 struct breakpoint *b;
4915 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4916 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4917 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4918 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4919
4920 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4921 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4922 single thread of control. */
4923 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
4924 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
4925
4926 return b;
4927 }
4928 \f
4929
4930 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
4931
4932 static void
4933 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
4934 {
4935 int say_where = 0;
4936 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
4937 struct ui_stream *stb;
4938
4939 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4940 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4941
4942 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
4943 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
4944 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
4945 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook, as has already
4946 been done for deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook and so on. */
4947 if (deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook)
4948 deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook (b);
4949 breakpoint_create_event (b->number);
4950
4951 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
4952 b->ops->print_mention (b);
4953 else
4954 switch (b->type)
4955 {
4956 case bp_none:
4957 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
4958 break;
4959 case bp_watchpoint:
4960 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
4961 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4962 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4963 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4964 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4965 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4966 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4967 break;
4968 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4969 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
4970 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4971 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4972 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4973 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4974 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4975 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4976 break;
4977 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4978 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
4979 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
4980 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4981 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4982 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4983 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4984 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4985 break;
4986 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4987 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
4988 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
4989 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4990 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4991 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4992 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4993 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4994 break;
4995 case bp_breakpoint:
4996 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4997 {
4998 say_where = 0;
4999 break;
5000 }
5001 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5002 say_where = 1;
5003 break;
5004 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5005 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5006 {
5007 say_where = 0;
5008 break;
5009 }
5010 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5011 say_where = 1;
5012 break;
5013 case bp_catch_load:
5014 case bp_catch_unload:
5015 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s %s)"),
5016 b->number,
5017 (b->type == bp_catch_load) ? "load" : "unload",
5018 (b->dll_pathname != NULL) ?
5019 b->dll_pathname : "<any library>");
5020 break;
5021 case bp_catch_fork:
5022 case bp_catch_vfork:
5023 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
5024 b->number,
5025 (b->type == bp_catch_fork) ? "fork" : "vfork");
5026 break;
5027 case bp_catch_exec:
5028 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"),
5029 b->number);
5030 break;
5031 case bp_catch_catch:
5032 case bp_catch_throw:
5033 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
5034 b->number,
5035 (b->type == bp_catch_catch) ? "catch" : "throw");
5036 break;
5037
5038 case bp_until:
5039 case bp_finish:
5040 case bp_longjmp:
5041 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5042 case bp_step_resume:
5043 case bp_call_dummy:
5044 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5045 case bp_shlib_event:
5046 case bp_thread_event:
5047 case bp_overlay_event:
5048 break;
5049 }
5050
5051 if (say_where)
5052 {
5053 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5054 single string. */
5055 if (b->loc == NULL)
5056 {
5057 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5058 }
5059 else
5060 {
5061 if (addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5062 {
5063 printf_filtered (" at ");
5064 deprecated_print_address_numeric (b->loc->address, 1, gdb_stdout);
5065 }
5066 if (b->source_file)
5067 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5068 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5069
5070 if (b->loc->next)
5071 {
5072 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5073 int n = 0;
5074 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5075 ++n;
5076 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5077 }
5078
5079 }
5080 }
5081 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5082 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5083 return;
5084 printf_filtered ("\n");
5085 }
5086 \f
5087
5088 static struct bp_location *
5089 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum bptype bptype,
5090 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5091 {
5092 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5093
5094 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
5095 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5096 ;
5097 *tmp = loc;
5098 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5099 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address,
5100 bptype);
5101 loc->section = sal->section;
5102
5103 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5104 return loc;
5105 }
5106
5107 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5108 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5109 as condition expression.
5110
5111 The paramter PENDING_BP is same as for the
5112 create_breakpoints function. */
5113
5114 static void
5115 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5116 char *cond_string,
5117 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5118 int thread, int ignore_count, int from_tty,
5119 struct breakpoint *pending_bp)
5120 {
5121 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5122 int i;
5123
5124 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5125 {
5126 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5127 int target_resources_ok =
5128 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5129 i + 1, 0);
5130 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5131 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5132 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5133 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5134 }
5135
5136 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5137 {
5138 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5139 struct bp_location *loc;
5140
5141 if (from_tty)
5142 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5143
5144 if (i == 0)
5145 {
5146 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5147 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5148 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5149 b->thread = thread;
5150
5151 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5152 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5153 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5154 b->disposition = disposition;
5155
5156 loc = b->loc;
5157 }
5158 else
5159 {
5160 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, type, &sal);
5161 }
5162
5163 if (b->cond_string)
5164 {
5165 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5166 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5167 if (*arg)
5168 {
5169 if (pending_bp)
5170 error (_("Junk at end of pending breakpoint condition expression"));
5171 else
5172 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5173 }
5174 }
5175 }
5176
5177 if (addr_string)
5178 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5179 else
5180 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5181 me. */
5182 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5183
5184 mention (b);
5185 }
5186
5187 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5188 elements to fill the void space. */
5189 static void remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5190 {
5191 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5192 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5193
5194 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5195 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5196
5197 --(sal->nelts);
5198 }
5199
5200 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5201 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5202 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5203 line and file information. If we got just a single
5204 expanded sal, return the original.
5205
5206 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5207 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5208 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5209 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5210 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5211 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5212
5213 */
5214 struct symtabs_and_lines
5215 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5216 {
5217 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5218 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5219 char *original_function = NULL;
5220 int found;
5221 int i;
5222
5223 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5224 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5225 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5226 {
5227 expanded.nelts = 1;
5228 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5229 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5230 return expanded;
5231 }
5232
5233 sal.pc = 0;
5234 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5235
5236 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5237 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5238 {
5239 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5240 processing, just return the original sal. */
5241 xfree (expanded.sals);
5242 expanded.nelts = 1;
5243 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5244 sal.pc = original_pc;
5245 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5246 return expanded;
5247 }
5248
5249 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5250 {
5251 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5252 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5253 {
5254 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5255 char *this_function;
5256 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5257 &func_addr, &func_end))
5258 {
5259 if (this_function &&
5260 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5261 {
5262 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5263 --i;
5264 }
5265 else if (func_addr == pc)
5266 {
5267 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5268 skip prologue. */
5269 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5270 if (sym)
5271 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5272 else
5273 expanded.sals[i].pc
5274 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5275 }
5276 }
5277 }
5278 }
5279
5280
5281 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5282 {
5283 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5284 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5285 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5286 xfree (expanded.sals);
5287 expanded.nelts = 1;
5288 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5289 sal.pc = original_pc;
5290 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5291 return expanded;
5292 }
5293
5294 if (original_pc)
5295 {
5296 found = 0;
5297 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5298 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5299 {
5300 found = 1;
5301 break;
5302 }
5303 gdb_assert (found);
5304 }
5305
5306 return expanded;
5307 }
5308
5309 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5310 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5311 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5312 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5313 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5314 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5315 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5316 we take just a single condition string.
5317
5318 The parameter PENDING_BP points to a pending breakpoint that is
5319 the basis of the breakpoints currently being created. The pending
5320 breakpoint may contain a separate condition string or commands
5321 that were added after the initial pending breakpoint was created.
5322
5323 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5324 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5325 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5326 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5327 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5328
5329 static void
5330 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5331 char *cond_string,
5332 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5333 int thread, int ignore_count, int from_tty,
5334 struct breakpoint *pending_bp)
5335 {
5336 int i;
5337 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5338 {
5339 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5340 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5341
5342 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5343 cond_string, type, disposition,
5344 thread, ignore_count, from_tty,
5345 pending_bp);
5346 }
5347 }
5348
5349 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5350 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5351 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5352 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5353
5354 static void
5355 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5356 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5357 char ***addr_string,
5358 int *not_found_ptr)
5359 {
5360 char *addr_start = *address;
5361 *addr_string = NULL;
5362 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5363 breakpoint. */
5364 if ((*address) == NULL
5365 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5366 {
5367 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5368 {
5369 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5370 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5371 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5372 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5373 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5374 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5375 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5376 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5377 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5378 sals->nelts = 1;
5379 }
5380 else
5381 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5382 }
5383 else
5384 {
5385 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5386 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5387 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5388 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5389 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5390 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5391
5392 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5393
5394 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5395 && (!cursal.symtab
5396 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5397 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5398 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5399 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5400 not_found_ptr);
5401 else
5402 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5403 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5404 }
5405 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5406 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5407 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5408 if (addr_start != (*address))
5409 {
5410 int i;
5411 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5412 {
5413 /* Add the string if not present. */
5414 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5415 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5416 }
5417 }
5418 }
5419
5420
5421 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5422 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5423
5424 static void
5425 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5426 char *address)
5427 {
5428 int i;
5429 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5430 {
5431 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5432
5433 /* It's possible for the PC to be nonzero, but still an illegal
5434 value on some targets.
5435
5436 For example, on HP-UX if you start gdb, and before running the
5437 inferior you try to set a breakpoint on a shared library function
5438 "foo" where the inferior doesn't call "foo" directly but does
5439 pass its address to another function call, then we do find a
5440 minimal symbol for the "foo", but it's address is invalid.
5441 (Appears to be an index into a table that the loader sets up
5442 when the inferior is run.)
5443
5444 Give the target a chance to bless sals.sals[i].pc before we
5445 try to make a breakpoint for it. */
5446 #ifdef DEPRECATED_PC_REQUIRES_RUN_BEFORE_USE
5447 if (DEPRECATED_PC_REQUIRES_RUN_BEFORE_USE (sals->sals[i].pc))
5448 {
5449 if (address == NULL)
5450 error (_("Cannot break without a running program."));
5451 else
5452 error (_("Cannot break on %s without a running program."),
5453 address);
5454 }
5455 #endif
5456 }
5457 }
5458
5459 static void
5460 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5461 {
5462 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5463
5464 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5465 args->not_found_ptr);
5466 }
5467
5468 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5469 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5470 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5471 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5472 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5473 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5474 static void
5475 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5476 char **cond_string, int *thread)
5477 {
5478 *cond_string = NULL;
5479 *thread = -1;
5480 while (tok && *tok)
5481 {
5482 char *end_tok;
5483 int toklen;
5484 char *cond_start = NULL;
5485 char *cond_end = NULL;
5486 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5487 tok++;
5488
5489 end_tok = tok;
5490
5491 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5492 end_tok++;
5493
5494 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5495
5496 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5497 {
5498 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5499 parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5500 cond_end = tok;
5501 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5502 cond_end - cond_start);
5503 }
5504 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5505 {
5506 char *tmptok;
5507
5508 tok = end_tok + 1;
5509 tmptok = tok;
5510 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5511 if (tok == tmptok)
5512 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5513 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5514 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5515 }
5516 else
5517 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5518 }
5519 }
5520
5521 /* Set a breakpoint according to ARG (function, linenum or *address)
5522 flag: first bit : 0 non-temporary, 1 temporary.
5523 second bit : 0 normal breakpoint, 1 hardware breakpoint.
5524
5525 PENDING_BP is non-NULL when this function is being called to resolve
5526 a pending breakpoint. */
5527
5528 static int
5529 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty, struct breakpoint *pending_bp)
5530 {
5531 struct gdb_exception e;
5532 int tempflag, hardwareflag;
5533 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5534 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5535 char *cond_string = NULL;
5536 char *copy_arg;
5537 char *err_msg;
5538 char *addr_start = arg;
5539 char **addr_string;
5540 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5541 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5542 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5543 int i;
5544 int pending = 0;
5545 int thread = -1;
5546 int ignore_count = 0;
5547 int not_found = 0;
5548
5549 hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5550 tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5551
5552 sals.sals = NULL;
5553 sals.nelts = 0;
5554 addr_string = NULL;
5555
5556 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5557 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5558 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5559 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5560
5561 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5562 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5563
5564 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5565 switch (e.reason)
5566 {
5567 case RETURN_QUIT:
5568 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5569 return e.reason;
5570 case RETURN_ERROR:
5571 switch (e.error)
5572 {
5573 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5574 /* If called to resolve pending breakpoint, just return
5575 error code. */
5576 if (pending_bp)
5577 return e.reason;
5578
5579 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5580
5581 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5582 error. */
5583
5584 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5585 deprecated_throw_reason (RETURN_ERROR);
5586
5587 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5588 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5589 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5590 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5591 return e.reason;
5592
5593 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5594 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5595 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5596 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5597 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5598 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5599 sals.nelts = 1;
5600 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5601 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5602 pending = 1;
5603 break;
5604 default:
5605 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5606 return e.reason;
5607 }
5608 default:
5609 if (!sals.nelts)
5610 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5611 }
5612
5613 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5614 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5615
5616 if (!pending)
5617 {
5618 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5619 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5620
5621 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5622 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5623 }
5624
5625 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5626 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5627 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5628 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5629 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5630
5631 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5632 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5633 fails. */
5634 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5635 {
5636 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5637 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5638 }
5639
5640 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5641 are ok for the target. */
5642 if (!pending)
5643 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5644
5645 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5646 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5647 breakpoint. */
5648 if (!pending)
5649 {
5650 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5651 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5652 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5653 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5654 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, &thread);
5655 if (cond_string)
5656 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5657 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string,
5658 hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5659 : bp_breakpoint,
5660 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5661 thread, ignore_count, from_tty,
5662 pending_bp);
5663 }
5664 else
5665 {
5666 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5667 struct breakpoint *b;
5668
5669 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5670
5671 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (hardwareflag
5672 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5673 : bp_breakpoint);
5674 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5675 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5676 b->thread = thread;
5677 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5678 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5679 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5680 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5681 b->from_tty = from_tty;
5682 b->flag = flag;
5683 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5684 mention (b);
5685 }
5686
5687 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5688 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5689 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5690 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5691 breakpoint. */
5692 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5693 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5694 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5695
5696 return GDB_RC_OK;
5697 }
5698
5699 /* Set a breakpoint of TYPE/DISPOSITION according to ARG (function,
5700 linenum or *address) with COND and IGNORE_COUNT. */
5701
5702 struct captured_breakpoint_args
5703 {
5704 char *address;
5705 char *condition;
5706 int hardwareflag;
5707 int tempflag;
5708 int thread;
5709 int ignore_count;
5710 };
5711
5712 static int
5713 do_captured_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5714 {
5715 struct captured_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5716 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5717 struct expression **cond;
5718 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5719 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5720 int i;
5721 char **addr_string;
5722 char *cond_string = 0;
5723
5724 char *address_end;
5725
5726 /* Parse the source and lines spec. Delay check that the expression
5727 didn't contain trailing garbage until after cleanups are in
5728 place. */
5729 sals.sals = NULL;
5730 sals.nelts = 0;
5731 address_end = args->address;
5732 addr_string = NULL;
5733 parse_breakpoint_sals (&address_end, &sals, &addr_string, 0);
5734
5735 if (!sals.nelts)
5736 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5737
5738 /* Create a chain of things at always need to be cleaned up. */
5739 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5740
5741 /* Always have a addr_string array, even if it is empty. */
5742 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5743
5744 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5745 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5746
5747 /* Allocate space for all the cond expressions. */
5748 cond = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (struct expression *));
5749 make_cleanup (xfree, cond);
5750
5751 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5752 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5753 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create goes
5754 through then that memory is not cleaned up. */
5755 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5756
5757 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5758 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5759 fails. */
5760 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5761 {
5762 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5763 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5764 }
5765
5766 /* Wait until now before checking for garbage at the end of the
5767 address. That way cleanups can take care of freeing any
5768 memory. */
5769 if (*address_end != '\0')
5770 error (_("Garbage %s following breakpoint address"), address_end);
5771
5772 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's. */
5773 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, args->address);
5774
5775 if (args->condition != NULL)
5776 {
5777 cond_string = xstrdup (args->condition);
5778 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5779 }
5780
5781 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, args->condition,
5782 args->hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint : bp_breakpoint,
5783 args->tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5784 args->thread, args->ignore_count, 0/*from-tty*/,
5785 NULL/*pending_bp*/);
5786
5787 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5788 breakpoint. */
5789 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5790 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5791 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5792 return GDB_RC_OK;
5793 }
5794
5795 enum gdb_rc
5796 gdb_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5797 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5798 int thread, int ignore_count,
5799 char **error_message)
5800 {
5801 struct captured_breakpoint_args args;
5802 args.address = address;
5803 args.condition = condition;
5804 args.hardwareflag = hardwareflag;
5805 args.tempflag = tempflag;
5806 args.thread = thread;
5807 args.ignore_count = ignore_count;
5808 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint, &args,
5809 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5810 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5811 else
5812 return GDB_RC_OK;
5813 }
5814
5815
5816 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5817
5818 void
5819 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5820 {
5821 CORE_ADDR pc;
5822
5823 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5824 {
5825 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5826 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5827 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5828 sal->pc = pc;
5829 }
5830
5831 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5832 {
5833 struct blockvector *bv;
5834 struct block *b;
5835 struct symbol *sym;
5836 int index;
5837
5838 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &index, sal->symtab);
5839 if (bv != NULL)
5840 {
5841 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, index);
5842 sym = block_function (b);
5843 if (sym != NULL)
5844 {
5845 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5846 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym);
5847 }
5848 else
5849 {
5850 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5851 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5852 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5853 source). */
5854
5855 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5856
5857 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5858 if (msym)
5859 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msym);
5860 }
5861 }
5862 }
5863 }
5864
5865 void
5866 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5867 {
5868 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
5869 }
5870
5871 void
5872 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5873 {
5874 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty, NULL);
5875 }
5876
5877 static void
5878 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5879 {
5880 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty, NULL);
5881 }
5882
5883 static void
5884 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5885 {
5886 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty, NULL);
5887 }
5888
5889 static void
5890 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5891 {
5892 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5893 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5894 stop at <line>\n"));
5895 }
5896
5897 static void
5898 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5899 {
5900 int badInput = 0;
5901
5902 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5903 badInput = 1;
5904 else if (*arg != '*')
5905 {
5906 char *argptr = arg;
5907 int hasColon = 0;
5908
5909 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5910 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5911 function/method name */
5912 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5913 {
5914 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5915 argptr++;
5916 }
5917
5918 if (hasColon)
5919 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5920 else
5921 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5922 }
5923
5924 if (badInput)
5925 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5926 else
5927 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
5928 }
5929
5930 static void
5931 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5932 {
5933 int badInput = 0;
5934
5935 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
5936 badInput = 1;
5937 else
5938 {
5939 char *argptr = arg;
5940 int hasColon = 0;
5941
5942 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
5943 it is probably a line number. */
5944 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5945 {
5946 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5947 argptr++;
5948 }
5949
5950 if (hasColon)
5951 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
5952 else
5953 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
5954 }
5955
5956 if (badInput)
5957 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
5958 else
5959 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
5960 }
5961
5962 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
5963 hw_read: watch read,
5964 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
5965 static void
5966 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
5967 {
5968 struct breakpoint *b;
5969 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5970 struct expression *exp;
5971 struct block *exp_valid_block;
5972 struct value *val, *mark;
5973 struct frame_info *frame;
5974 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
5975 char *exp_start = NULL;
5976 char *exp_end = NULL;
5977 char *tok, *end_tok;
5978 int toklen;
5979 char *cond_start = NULL;
5980 char *cond_end = NULL;
5981 struct expression *cond = NULL;
5982 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
5983 enum bptype bp_type;
5984 int mem_cnt = 0;
5985
5986 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5987
5988 /* Parse arguments. */
5989 innermost_block = NULL;
5990 exp_start = arg;
5991 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
5992 exp_end = arg;
5993 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
5994 mark = value_mark ();
5995 val = evaluate_expression (exp);
5996 release_value (val);
5997 if (value_lazy (val))
5998 value_fetch_lazy (val);
5999
6000 tok = arg;
6001 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
6002 tok++;
6003 end_tok = tok;
6004
6005 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
6006 end_tok++;
6007
6008 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6009 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
6010 {
6011 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
6012 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
6013 cond_end = tok;
6014 }
6015 if (*tok)
6016 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
6017
6018 if (accessflag == hw_read)
6019 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
6020 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
6021 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
6022 else
6023 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
6024
6025 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
6026 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6027 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
6028 if (mem_cnt != 0)
6029 {
6030 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
6031 target_resources_ok =
6032 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
6033 other_type_used);
6034 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6035 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
6036
6037 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6038 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
6039 }
6040
6041 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
6042 watchpoint could not be set. */
6043 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
6044 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
6045
6046 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
6047 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
6048 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6049 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6050 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6051 b->exp = exp;
6052 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6053 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6054 b->val = val;
6055 b->loc->cond = cond;
6056 if (cond_start)
6057 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6058 else
6059 b->cond_string = 0;
6060
6061 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
6062 if (frame)
6063 {
6064 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6065 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6066 }
6067 else
6068 {
6069 memset (&b->watchpoint_frame, 0, sizeof (b->watchpoint_frame));
6070 }
6071
6072 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
6073 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
6074 expression. */
6075 if (innermost_block)
6076 {
6077 if (prev_frame)
6078 {
6079 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint;
6080 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
6081 bp_watchpoint_scope);
6082
6083 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6084
6085 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
6086 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
6087
6088 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
6089 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
6090
6091 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
6092 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
6093 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6094 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
6095 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
6096 scope_breakpoint->type);
6097
6098 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We
6099 will need to act on them together. */
6100 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6101 }
6102 }
6103 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6104 mention (b);
6105 }
6106
6107 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6108 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6109 in hardware return zero. */
6110
6111 static int
6112 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6113 {
6114 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6115 struct value *head = v;
6116
6117 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6118 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6119 return 0;
6120
6121 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6122 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6123 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6124 hardware watchpoint.
6125
6126 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6127 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6128 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6129 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6130 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6131 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6132 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6133 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6134 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6135
6136 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6137 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6138 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6139 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6140 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6141 {
6142 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6143 {
6144 if (value_lazy (v))
6145 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6146 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6147 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6148 ;
6149 else
6150 {
6151 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6152 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6153 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6154
6155 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6156 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6157 middle of some value chain. */
6158 if (v == head
6159 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6160 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6161 {
6162 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6163 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6164
6165 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
6166 return 0;
6167 else
6168 found_memory_cnt++;
6169 }
6170 }
6171 }
6172 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6173 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6174 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6175 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6176 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6177 }
6178
6179 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6180 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6181 return found_memory_cnt;
6182 }
6183
6184 void
6185 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6186 {
6187 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6188 }
6189
6190 static void
6191 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6192 {
6193 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6194 }
6195
6196 void
6197 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6198 {
6199 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6200 }
6201
6202 static void
6203 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6204 {
6205 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6206 }
6207
6208 void
6209 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6210 {
6211 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6212 }
6213
6214 static void
6215 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6216 {
6217 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6218 }
6219 \f
6220
6221 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6222 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6223
6224 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6225 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6226 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6227 command. */
6228 static void
6229 until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg)
6230 {
6231 struct cleanup *cleanups;
6232
6233 cleanups = (struct cleanup *) arg->data.pointer;
6234 do_exec_cleanups (cleanups);
6235 }
6236
6237 void
6238 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6239 {
6240 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6241 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6242 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6243 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6244 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6245 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6246 struct continuation_arg *arg1;
6247
6248
6249 clear_proceed_status ();
6250
6251 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6252 this function */
6253
6254 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6255 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6256 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6257 else
6258 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6259 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6260
6261 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6262 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6263
6264 sal = sals.sals[0];
6265 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6266
6267 if (*arg)
6268 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6269
6270 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6271
6272 if (anywhere)
6273 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6274 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6275 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6276 else
6277 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6278 at the very same frame. */
6279 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6280 bp_until);
6281
6282 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6283 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6284 else
6285 old_chain = make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6286
6287 /* If we are running asynchronously, and the target supports async
6288 execution, we are not waiting for the target to stop, in the call
6289 tp proceed, below. This means that we cannot delete the
6290 brekpoints until the target has actually stopped. The only place
6291 where we get a chance to do that is in fetch_inferior_event, so
6292 we must set things up for that. */
6293
6294 if (target_can_async_p ())
6295 {
6296 /* In this case the arg for the continuation is just the point
6297 in the exec_cleanups chain from where to start doing
6298 cleanups, because all the continuation does is the cleanups in
6299 the exec_cleanup_chain. */
6300 arg1 =
6301 (struct continuation_arg *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct continuation_arg));
6302 arg1->next = NULL;
6303 arg1->data.pointer = old_chain;
6304
6305 add_continuation (until_break_command_continuation, arg1);
6306 }
6307
6308 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6309 one. */
6310 if (prev_frame)
6311 {
6312 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6313 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6314 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6315 bp_until);
6316 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6317 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6318 else
6319 make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6320 }
6321
6322 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6323 /* Do the cleanups now, anly if we are not running asynchronously,
6324 of if we are, but the target is still synchronous. */
6325 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6326 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6327 }
6328
6329 static void
6330 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6331 {
6332 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6333 return;
6334 while (isspace (**s))
6335 *s += 1;
6336 }
6337
6338 /* This function examines a string, and attempts to find a token
6339 that might be an event name in the leading characters. If a
6340 possible match is found, a pointer to the last character of
6341 the token is returned. Else, NULL is returned. */
6342
6343 static char *
6344 ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg)
6345 {
6346 char *s = arg;
6347 char *event_name_end = NULL;
6348
6349 /* If we could depend upon the presense of strrpbrk, we'd use that... */
6350 if (arg == NULL)
6351 return NULL;
6352
6353 /* We break out of the loop when we find a token delimiter.
6354 Basically, we're looking for alphanumerics and underscores;
6355 anything else delimites the token. */
6356 while (*s != '\0')
6357 {
6358 if (!isalnum (*s) && (*s != '_'))
6359 break;
6360 event_name_end = s;
6361 s++;
6362 }
6363
6364 return event_name_end;
6365 }
6366
6367
6368 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6369 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6370
6371 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6372 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6373 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6374 if clause in the arg string. */
6375
6376 static char *
6377 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6378 {
6379 char *cond_string;
6380
6381 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6382 return NULL;
6383
6384 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6385 (*arg) += 2;
6386
6387 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6388 condition string. */
6389 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6390 cond_string = *arg;
6391
6392 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6393 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6394
6395 return cond_string;
6396 }
6397
6398 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6399 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6400
6401 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6402 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6403 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6404 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6405
6406 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6407 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6408 static char *
6409 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6410 {
6411 static char filename[1024];
6412 char *arg_p = *arg;
6413 int i;
6414 char c;
6415
6416 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6417 return NULL;
6418
6419 for (i = 0;; i++)
6420 {
6421 c = *arg_p;
6422 if (isspace (c))
6423 c = '\0';
6424 filename[i] = c;
6425 if (c == '\0')
6426 break;
6427 arg_p++;
6428 }
6429 *arg = arg_p;
6430
6431 return filename;
6432 }
6433
6434 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6435 process start/exit, etc. */
6436
6437 typedef enum
6438 {
6439 catch_fork, catch_vfork
6440 }
6441 catch_fork_kind;
6442
6443 static void
6444 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork_kind fork_kind, char *arg, int tempflag,
6445 int from_tty)
6446 {
6447 char *cond_string = NULL;
6448
6449 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6450
6451 /* The allowed syntax is:
6452 catch [v]fork
6453 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6454
6455 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6456 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6457
6458 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6459 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6460
6461 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6462 and enable reporting of such events. */
6463 switch (fork_kind)
6464 {
6465 case catch_fork:
6466 create_fork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6467 break;
6468 case catch_vfork:
6469 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6470 break;
6471 default:
6472 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6473 break;
6474 }
6475 }
6476
6477 static void
6478 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6479 {
6480 char *cond_string = NULL;
6481
6482 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6483
6484 /* The allowed syntax is:
6485 catch exec
6486 catch exec if <cond>
6487
6488 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6489 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6490
6491 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6492 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6493
6494 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6495 and enable reporting of such events. */
6496 create_exec_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6497 }
6498
6499 static void
6500 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6501 {
6502 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6503 char *cond_string = NULL;
6504
6505 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6506
6507 /* The allowed syntax is:
6508 catch load
6509 catch load if <cond>
6510 catch load <filename>
6511 catch load <filename> if <cond>
6512
6513 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6514 if clause.
6515
6516 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6517
6518 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6519 cannot be a filename. */
6520 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6521
6522 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6523 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6524 if (cond_string == NULL)
6525 {
6526 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6527 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6528 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6529 }
6530
6531 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6532 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6533
6534 /* Create a load breakpoint that only triggers when a load of
6535 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6536 occurs. */
6537 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6538 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6539 }
6540
6541 static void
6542 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6543 {
6544 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6545 char *cond_string = NULL;
6546
6547 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6548
6549 /* The allowed syntax is:
6550 catch unload
6551 catch unload if <cond>
6552 catch unload <filename>
6553 catch unload <filename> if <cond>
6554
6555 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6556 if clause.
6557
6558 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6559
6560 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6561 cannot be a filename. */
6562 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6563
6564 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6565 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6566 if (cond_string == NULL)
6567 {
6568 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6569 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6570 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6571 }
6572
6573 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6574 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6575
6576 /* Create an unload breakpoint that only triggers when an unload of
6577 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6578 occurs. */
6579 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6580 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6581 }
6582
6583 /* Commands to deal with catching exceptions. */
6584
6585 /* Set a breakpoint at the specified callback routine for an
6586 exception event callback */
6587
6588 static void
6589 create_exception_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6590 enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
6591 struct symtab_and_line *sal)
6592 {
6593 struct breakpoint *b;
6594 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
6595 enum bptype bptype;
6596
6597 if (!sal) /* no exception support? */
6598 return;
6599
6600 switch (ex_event)
6601 {
6602 case EX_EVENT_THROW:
6603 bptype = bp_catch_throw;
6604 break;
6605 case EX_EVENT_CATCH:
6606 bptype = bp_catch_catch;
6607 break;
6608 default: /* error condition */
6609 error (_("Internal error -- invalid catchpoint kind"));
6610 }
6611
6612 b = set_raw_breakpoint (*sal, bptype);
6613 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6614 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6615 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
6616 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
6617 b->thread = thread;
6618 b->addr_string = NULL;
6619 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6620 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6621 mention (b);
6622 }
6623
6624 static enum print_stop_action
6625 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6626 {
6627 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6628
6629 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6630 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception thrown)\n"),
6631 b->number);
6632 else
6633 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception caught)\n"),
6634 b->number);
6635
6636 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6637 }
6638
6639 static void
6640 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6641 {
6642 if (addressprint)
6643 {
6644 annotate_field (4);
6645 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6646 }
6647 annotate_field (5);
6648 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6649 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6650 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6651 else
6652 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6653 }
6654
6655 static void
6656 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6657 {
6658 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6659 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (throw)"), b->number);
6660 else
6661 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (catch)"), b->number);
6662 }
6663
6664 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6665 print_exception_catchpoint,
6666 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6667 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6668 };
6669
6670 static int
6671 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6672 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6673 {
6674 char *trigger_func_name, *nameptr;
6675 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6676 struct breakpoint *b;
6677
6678 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6679 trigger_func_name = xstrdup ("__cxa_begin_catch");
6680 else
6681 trigger_func_name = xstrdup ("__cxa_throw");
6682
6683 nameptr = trigger_func_name;
6684 sals = decode_line_1 (&nameptr, 1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
6685 if (sals.nelts == 0)
6686 {
6687 xfree (trigger_func_name);
6688 return 0;
6689 }
6690
6691 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sals.sals[0], bp_breakpoint);
6692 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6693 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6694 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
6695 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
6696 b->thread = -1;
6697 b->addr_string = trigger_func_name;
6698 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6699 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6700 b->ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
6701
6702 xfree (sals.sals);
6703 mention (b);
6704 return 1;
6705 }
6706
6707 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6708
6709 static void
6710 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6711 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6712 {
6713 char *cond_string = NULL;
6714 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6715
6716 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6717
6718 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6719
6720 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6721 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6722
6723 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6724 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6725 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6726
6727 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6728 return;
6729
6730 /* See if we can find a callback routine */
6731 sal = target_enable_exception_callback (ex_event, 1);
6732
6733 if (sal)
6734 {
6735 /* We have callbacks from the runtime system for exceptions.
6736 Set a breakpoint on the sal found, if no errors */
6737 if (sal != (struct symtab_and_line *) -1)
6738 create_exception_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, sal);
6739 else
6740 return; /* something went wrong with setting up callbacks */
6741 }
6742
6743 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6744 }
6745
6746 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6747
6748 static void
6749 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6750 char *addr_string,
6751 char *exp_string,
6752 char *cond_string,
6753 struct expression *cond,
6754 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6755 int tempflag,
6756 int from_tty)
6757 {
6758 struct breakpoint *b;
6759
6760 if (from_tty)
6761 {
6762 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6763 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6764 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6765 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6766 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6767 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6768 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6769 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6770 enough for now, though. */
6771 }
6772
6773 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6774 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6775
6776 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6777 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6778 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6779 b->ignore_count = 0;
6780 b->loc->cond = cond;
6781 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6782 b->language = language_ada;
6783 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6784 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6785 b->thread = -1;
6786 b->ops = ops;
6787 b->from_tty = from_tty;
6788
6789 mention (b);
6790 }
6791
6792 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6793
6794 static void
6795 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6796 {
6797 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6798 enum bptype type;
6799 char *addr_string = NULL;
6800 char *exp_string = NULL;
6801 char *cond_string = NULL;
6802 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6803 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6804
6805 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6806 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6807 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6808 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6809 from_tty);
6810 }
6811
6812 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6813
6814 static void
6815 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6816 {
6817 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6818 char *addr_string = NULL;
6819 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6820
6821 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6822 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6823 tempflag, from_tty);
6824 }
6825
6826 /* Cover routine to allow wrapping target_enable_exception_catchpoints
6827 inside a catch_errors */
6828
6829 static int
6830 cover_target_enable_exception_callback (void *arg)
6831 {
6832 args_for_catchpoint_enable *args = arg;
6833 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
6834 sal = target_enable_exception_callback (args->kind, args->enable_p);
6835 if (sal == NULL)
6836 return 0;
6837 else if (sal == (struct symtab_and_line *) -1)
6838 return -1;
6839 else
6840 return 1; /*is valid */
6841 }
6842
6843 static void
6844 catch_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6845 {
6846
6847 /* The first argument may be an event name, such as "start" or "load".
6848 If so, then handle it as such. If it doesn't match an event name,
6849 then attempt to interpret it as an exception name. (This latter is
6850 the v4.16-and-earlier GDB meaning of the "catch" command.)
6851
6852 First, try to find the bounds of what might be an event name. */
6853 char *arg1_start = arg;
6854 char *arg1_end;
6855 int arg1_length;
6856
6857 if (arg1_start == NULL)
6858 {
6859 /* Old behaviour was to use pre-v-4.16 syntax */
6860 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6861 /* return; */
6862 /* Now, this is not allowed */
6863 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6864
6865 }
6866 arg1_end = ep_find_event_name_end (arg1_start);
6867 if (arg1_end == NULL)
6868 error (_("catch requires an event"));
6869 arg1_length = arg1_end + 1 - arg1_start;
6870
6871 /* Try to match what we found against known event names. */
6872 if (strncmp (arg1_start, "signal", arg1_length) == 0)
6873 {
6874 error (_("Catch of signal not yet implemented"));
6875 }
6876 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "catch", arg1_length) == 0)
6877 {
6878 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg1_end + 1,
6879 tempflag, from_tty);
6880 }
6881 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "throw", arg1_length) == 0)
6882 {
6883 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg1_end + 1,
6884 tempflag, from_tty);
6885 }
6886 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_start", arg1_length) == 0)
6887 {
6888 error (_("Catch of thread_start not yet implemented"));
6889 }
6890 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6891 {
6892 error (_("Catch of thread_exit not yet implemented"));
6893 }
6894 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_join", arg1_length) == 0)
6895 {
6896 error (_("Catch of thread_join not yet implemented"));
6897 }
6898 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "start", arg1_length) == 0)
6899 {
6900 error (_("Catch of start not yet implemented"));
6901 }
6902 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6903 {
6904 error (_("Catch of exit not yet implemented"));
6905 }
6906 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "fork", arg1_length) == 0)
6907 {
6908 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6909 }
6910 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "vfork", arg1_length) == 0)
6911 {
6912 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_vfork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6913 }
6914 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exec", arg1_length) == 0)
6915 {
6916 catch_exec_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6917 }
6918 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "load", arg1_length) == 0)
6919 {
6920 catch_load_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6921 }
6922 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "unload", arg1_length) == 0)
6923 {
6924 catch_unload_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6925 }
6926 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "stop", arg1_length) == 0)
6927 {
6928 error (_("Catch of stop not yet implemented"));
6929 }
6930 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exception", arg1_length) == 0)
6931 {
6932 catch_ada_exception_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6933 }
6934
6935 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "assert", arg1_length) == 0)
6936 {
6937 catch_assert_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6938 }
6939
6940 /* This doesn't appear to be an event name */
6941
6942 else
6943 {
6944 /* Pre-v.4.16 behaviour was to treat the argument
6945 as the name of an exception */
6946 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6947 /* Now this is not allowed */
6948 error (_("Unknown event kind specified for catch"));
6949
6950 }
6951 }
6952
6953 /* Used by the gui, could be made a worker for other things. */
6954
6955 struct breakpoint *
6956 set_breakpoint_sal (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6957 {
6958 struct breakpoint *b;
6959 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6960 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6961 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6962 b->thread = -1;
6963 return b;
6964 }
6965
6966 static void
6967 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6968 {
6969 catch_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6970 }
6971 \f
6972
6973 static void
6974 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6975 {
6976 catch_command_1 (arg, 1, from_tty);
6977 }
6978
6979 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6980
6981 static void
6982 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6983 {
6984 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp, *prev, *found;
6985 int default_match;
6986 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6987 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6988 int i;
6989
6990 if (arg)
6991 {
6992 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6993 default_match = 0;
6994 }
6995 else
6996 {
6997 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6998 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6999 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7000 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
7001 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
7002 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
7003 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
7004 if (sal.symtab == 0)
7005 error (_("No source file specified."));
7006
7007 sals.sals[0] = sal;
7008 sals.nelts = 1;
7009
7010 default_match = 1;
7011 }
7012
7013 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
7014 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
7015 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
7016 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
7017 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
7018
7019 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
7020 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
7021 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
7022 due to optimization, all in one block.
7023 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
7024 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
7025 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
7026 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
7027 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
7028 to support that. */
7029
7030 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
7031 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
7032 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
7033 one breakpoint. */
7034
7035 found = NULL;
7036 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7037 {
7038 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
7039 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
7040 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
7041 or at default pc.
7042
7043 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
7044
7045 0 1 pc
7046 1 1 pc _and_ line
7047 0 0 line
7048 1 0 <can't happen> */
7049
7050 sal = sals.sals[i];
7051 prev = NULL;
7052
7053 /* Find all matching breakpoints, remove them from the
7054 breakpoint chain, and add them to the 'found' chain. */
7055 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7056 {
7057 int match = 0;
7058 /* Are we going to delete b? */
7059 if (b->type != bp_none
7060 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
7061 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
7062 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
7063 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
7064 {
7065 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
7066 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7067 {
7068 int pc_match = sal.pc
7069 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
7070 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
7071 || loc->section == sal.section);
7072 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
7073 && b->source_file != NULL
7074 && sal.symtab != NULL
7075 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
7076 && b->line_number == sal.line);
7077 if (pc_match || line_match)
7078 {
7079 match = 1;
7080 break;
7081 }
7082 }
7083 }
7084
7085 if (match)
7086 {
7087 /* Remove it from breakpoint_chain... */
7088 if (b == breakpoint_chain)
7089 {
7090 /* b is at the head of the list */
7091 breakpoint_chain = b->next;
7092 }
7093 else
7094 {
7095 prev->next = b->next;
7096 }
7097 /* And add it to 'found' chain. */
7098 b->next = found;
7099 found = b;
7100 }
7101 else
7102 {
7103 /* Keep b, and keep a pointer to it. */
7104 prev = b;
7105 }
7106 }
7107 }
7108 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
7109 if (found == 0)
7110 {
7111 if (arg)
7112 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
7113 else
7114 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
7115 }
7116
7117 if (found->next)
7118 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
7119 if (from_tty)
7120 {
7121 if (!found->next)
7122 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
7123 else
7124 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
7125 }
7126 breakpoints_changed ();
7127 while (found)
7128 {
7129 if (from_tty)
7130 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", found->number);
7131 tmp = found->next;
7132 delete_breakpoint (found);
7133 found = tmp;
7134 }
7135 if (from_tty)
7136 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
7137 }
7138 \f
7139 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
7140 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
7141 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
7142
7143 void
7144 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
7145 {
7146 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7147
7148 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
7149 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
7150 && bs->stop)
7151 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
7152
7153 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7154 {
7155 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
7156 delete_breakpoint (b);
7157 }
7158 }
7159
7160 /* Remove locations of breakpoint BPT from
7161 the global list of breakpoint locations. */
7162
7163 static void
7164 unlink_locations_from_global_list (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7165 {
7166 /* This code assumes that the locations
7167 of a breakpoint are found in the global list
7168 in the same order, but not necessary adjacent. */
7169 struct bp_location **tmp = &bp_location_chain;
7170 struct bp_location *here = bpt->loc;
7171
7172 if (here == NULL)
7173 return;
7174
7175 for (; *tmp && here;)
7176 {
7177 if (*tmp == here)
7178 {
7179 *tmp = here->global_next;
7180 here = here->next;
7181 }
7182 else
7183 {
7184 tmp = &((*tmp)->global_next);
7185 }
7186 }
7187 }
7188
7189 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7190 structures. */
7191
7192 void
7193 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7194 {
7195 struct breakpoint *b;
7196 bpstat bs;
7197 struct bp_location *loc;
7198
7199 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7200
7201 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7202 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7203
7204 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7205 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7206 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7207 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7208 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7209
7210 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7211 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7212 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7213 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7214 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7215 return;
7216
7217 if (deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook)
7218 deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7219 breakpoint_delete_event (bpt->number);
7220
7221 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7222 {
7223 if (loc->inserted)
7224 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_inserted);
7225
7226 free_valchain (loc);
7227
7228 if (loc->cond)
7229 xfree (loc->cond);
7230
7231 if (loc->function_name)
7232 xfree (loc->function_name);
7233 }
7234
7235 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7236 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7237
7238 /* If we have callback-style exception catchpoints, don't go through
7239 the adjustments to the C++ runtime library etc. if the inferior
7240 isn't actually running. target_enable_exception_callback for a
7241 null target ops vector gives an undesirable error message, so we
7242 check here and avoid it. Since currently (1997-09-17) only HP-UX aCC's
7243 exceptions are supported in this way, it's OK for now. FIXME */
7244 if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (bpt) && target_has_execution)
7245 {
7246 /* Format possible error msg */
7247 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in deleting catchpoint %d:\n",
7248 bpt->number);
7249 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7250 args_for_catchpoint_enable args;
7251 args.kind = bpt->type == bp_catch_catch ?
7252 EX_EVENT_CATCH : EX_EVENT_THROW;
7253 args.enable_p = 0;
7254 catch_errors (cover_target_enable_exception_callback, &args,
7255 message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7256 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7257 }
7258
7259
7260 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7261 if (b->next == bpt)
7262 {
7263 b->next = bpt->next;
7264 break;
7265 }
7266
7267 unlink_locations_from_global_list (bpt);
7268
7269 check_duplicates (bpt);
7270
7271 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
7272 && bpt->type != bp_read_watchpoint
7273 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint
7274 && bpt->type != bp_catch_fork
7275 && bpt->type != bp_catch_vfork
7276 && bpt->type != bp_catch_exec)
7277 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7278 {
7279 /* If this breakpoint location was inserted, and there is
7280 another breakpoint at the same address, we need to
7281 insert the other breakpoint. */
7282 if (loc->inserted)
7283 {
7284 struct bp_location *loc2;
7285 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc2)
7286 if (loc2->address == loc->address
7287 && loc2->section == loc->section
7288 && !loc->duplicate
7289 && loc2->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
7290 && loc2->enabled
7291 && !loc2->shlib_disabled
7292 && loc2->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
7293 {
7294 int val;
7295
7296 /* We should never reach this point if there is a permanent
7297 breakpoint at the same address as the one being deleted.
7298 If there is a permanent breakpoint somewhere, it should
7299 always be the only one inserted. */
7300 if (loc2->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7301 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
7302 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
7303 "a permanent breakpoint"));
7304
7305 memset (&loc2->target_info, 0, sizeof (loc2->target_info));
7306 loc2->target_info.placed_address = loc2->address;
7307 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7308 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&loc2->target_info);
7309 else
7310 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&loc2->target_info);
7311
7312 /* If there was an error in the insert, print a message, then stop execution. */
7313 if (val != 0)
7314 {
7315 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
7316 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
7317
7318
7319 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7320 {
7321 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
7322 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n"
7323 "You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints.\n",
7324 b->number);
7325 }
7326 else
7327 {
7328 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n", b->number);
7329 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, "Error accessing memory address ");
7330 deprecated_print_address_numeric (loc2->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
7331 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
7332 safe_strerror (val));
7333 }
7334
7335 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,"The same program may be running in another process.");
7336 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7337 error_stream(tmp_error_stream);
7338 }
7339 else
7340 loc2->inserted = 1;
7341 }
7342 }
7343 }
7344
7345 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7346 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7347 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7348 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7349 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7350 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7351 xfree (bpt->exp);
7352 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7353 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7354 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7355 value_free (bpt->val);
7356 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7357 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7358 if (bpt->dll_pathname != NULL)
7359 xfree (bpt->dll_pathname);
7360 if (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
7361 xfree (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname);
7362 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7363 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7364
7365 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7366 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7367 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7368 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7369 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7370 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7371 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7372 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7373 with commands won't work. */
7374 for (bs = stop_bpstat; bs; bs = bs->next)
7375 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7376 {
7377 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7378 bs->old_val = NULL;
7379 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7380 }
7381 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7382 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7383 bpt->type = bp_none;
7384
7385 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc;)
7386 {
7387 struct bp_location *loc_next = loc->next;
7388 xfree (loc);
7389 loc = loc_next;
7390 }
7391 xfree (bpt);
7392 }
7393
7394 static void
7395 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7396 {
7397 delete_breakpoint (b);
7398 }
7399
7400 struct cleanup *
7401 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7402 {
7403 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7404 }
7405
7406 struct cleanup *
7407 make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7408 {
7409 return make_exec_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7410 }
7411
7412 void
7413 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7414 {
7415 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7416
7417 dont_repeat ();
7418
7419 if (arg == 0)
7420 {
7421 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7422
7423 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7424 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7425 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7427 {
7428 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7429 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7430 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7431 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7432 b->number >= 0)
7433 {
7434 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7435 break;
7436 }
7437 }
7438
7439 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7440 if (!from_tty
7441 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7442 {
7443 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7444 {
7445 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7446 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7447 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7448 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7449 b->number >= 0)
7450 delete_breakpoint (b);
7451 }
7452 }
7453 }
7454 else
7455 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7456 }
7457
7458 static int
7459 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7460 {
7461 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7462 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7463 return 0;
7464 return 1;
7465 }
7466
7467 static void
7468 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7469 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7470 {
7471 int i;
7472 char *s;
7473 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7474
7475 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7476 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7477 the common case where all locations are in the same
7478 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7479 retain the location, so that when the library
7480 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7481 status of the individual locations. */
7482 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7483 return;
7484
7485 unlink_locations_from_global_list (b);
7486 b->loc = NULL;
7487
7488 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7489 {
7490 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7491 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, b->type, &(sals.sals[i]));
7492
7493 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7494 old symtab. */
7495 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7496 {
7497 struct gdb_exception e;
7498
7499 s = b->cond_string;
7500 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7501 {
7502 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7503 0);
7504 }
7505 if (e.reason < 0)
7506 {
7507 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7508 b->number, e.message);
7509 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7510 }
7511 }
7512
7513 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7514 xfree (b->source_file);
7515 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7516 b->source_file = NULL;
7517 else
7518 b->source_file =
7519 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7520 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7521
7522 if (b->line_number == 0)
7523 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7524 }
7525
7526 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7527 {
7528 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7529 for (; e; e = e->next)
7530 {
7531 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7532 {
7533 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7534 for (; l; l = l->next)
7535 if (l->function_name
7536 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7537 {
7538 l->enabled = 0;
7539 break;
7540 }
7541 }
7542 }
7543 }
7544
7545 while (existing_locations)
7546 {
7547 struct bp_location *next = existing_locations->next;
7548 free_bp_location (existing_locations);
7549 existing_locations = next;
7550 }
7551 }
7552
7553
7554 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7555 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7556 Unused in this case. */
7557
7558 static int
7559 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7560 {
7561 /* get past catch_errs */
7562 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7563 struct value *mark;
7564 int i;
7565 int not_found = 0;
7566 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7567 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7568 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7569 char *s;
7570 enum enable_state save_enable;
7571 struct gdb_exception e;
7572
7573
7574 switch (b->type)
7575 {
7576 case bp_none:
7577 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7578 b->number);
7579 return 0;
7580 case bp_breakpoint:
7581 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7582 case bp_catch_load:
7583 case bp_catch_unload:
7584 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7585 {
7586 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7587 delete_breakpoint (b);
7588 return 0;
7589 }
7590
7591 set_language (b->language);
7592 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7593 s = b->addr_string;
7594 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7595 {
7596 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7597 not_found_ptr);
7598 }
7599 if (e.reason < 0)
7600 {
7601 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7602 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7603 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7604 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7605 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7606 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7607 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7608 if (not_found
7609 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7610 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7611 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7612 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7613
7614 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7615 {
7616 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7617 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7618 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7619 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7620 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7621 which approach is better. */
7622 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7623 throw_exception (e);
7624 }
7625 }
7626
7627 if (not_found)
7628 break;
7629
7630 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7631 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7632 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7633 {
7634 char *cond_string = 0;
7635 int thread = -1;
7636 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7637 &cond_string, &thread);
7638 if (cond_string)
7639 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7640 b->thread = thread;
7641 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7642 }
7643 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7644 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7645
7646 /* Now that this is re-enabled, check_duplicates
7647 can be used. */
7648 check_duplicates (b);
7649
7650 xfree (sals.sals);
7651 break;
7652
7653 case bp_watchpoint:
7654 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7655 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7656 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7657 innermost_block = NULL;
7658 /* The issue arises of what context to evaluate this in. The
7659 same one as when it was set, but what does that mean when
7660 symbols have been re-read? We could save the filename and
7661 functionname, but if the context is more local than that, the
7662 best we could do would be something like how many levels deep
7663 and which index at that particular level, but that's going to
7664 be less stable than filenames or function names. */
7665
7666 /* So for now, just use a global context. */
7667 if (b->exp)
7668 {
7669 xfree (b->exp);
7670 /* Avoid re-freeing b->exp if an error during the call to
7671 parse_expression. */
7672 b->exp = NULL;
7673 }
7674 b->exp = parse_expression (b->exp_string);
7675 b->exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
7676 mark = value_mark ();
7677 if (b->val)
7678 {
7679 value_free (b->val);
7680 /* Avoid re-freeing b->val if an error during the call to
7681 evaluate_expression. */
7682 b->val = NULL;
7683 }
7684 b->val = evaluate_expression (b->exp);
7685 release_value (b->val);
7686 if (value_lazy (b->val) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7687 value_fetch_lazy (b->val);
7688
7689 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7690 {
7691 s = b->cond_string;
7692 if (b->loc->cond)
7693 {
7694 xfree (b->loc->cond);
7695 /* Avoid re-freeing b->exp if an error during the call
7696 to parse_exp_1. */
7697 b->loc->cond = NULL;
7698 }
7699 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, (struct block *) 0, 0);
7700 }
7701 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
7702 mention (b);
7703 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7704 break;
7705 case bp_catch_catch:
7706 case bp_catch_throw:
7707 break;
7708 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7709 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7710 loaded. */
7711 case bp_catch_fork:
7712 case bp_catch_vfork:
7713 case bp_catch_exec:
7714 break;
7715
7716 default:
7717 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7718 /* fall through */
7719 /* Delete longjmp and overlay event breakpoints; they will be
7720 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
7721 case bp_longjmp:
7722 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7723 case bp_overlay_event:
7724 delete_breakpoint (b);
7725 break;
7726
7727 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7728 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7729 case bp_shlib_event:
7730
7731 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7732 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7733 case bp_thread_event:
7734
7735 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7736 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7737 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7738 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7739 case bp_until:
7740 case bp_finish:
7741 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7742 case bp_call_dummy:
7743 case bp_step_resume:
7744 break;
7745 }
7746
7747 return 0;
7748 }
7749
7750 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7751 void
7752 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7753 {
7754 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7755 enum language save_language;
7756 int save_input_radix;
7757
7758 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7759 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7760 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7761 {
7762 /* Format possible error msg */
7763 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7764 b->number);
7765 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7766 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7767 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7768 }
7769 set_language (save_language);
7770 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7771
7772 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
7773 {
7774 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
7775 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
7776 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
7777 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
7778 create_longjmp_breakpoint (NULL);
7779 }
7780
7781 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7782 }
7783 \f
7784 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7785
7786 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7787 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7788 void
7789 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7790 {
7791 if (b->thread != -1)
7792 {
7793 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7794 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7795 }
7796 }
7797
7798 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7799 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7800 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7801
7802 void
7803 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7804 {
7805 struct breakpoint *b;
7806
7807 if (count < 0)
7808 count = 0;
7809
7810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7811 if (b->number == bptnum)
7812 {
7813 b->ignore_count = count;
7814 if (from_tty)
7815 {
7816 if (count == 0)
7817 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7818 bptnum);
7819 else if (count == 1)
7820 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7821 bptnum);
7822 else
7823 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7824 count, bptnum);
7825 }
7826 breakpoints_changed ();
7827 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
7828 return;
7829 }
7830
7831 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7832 }
7833
7834 /* Clear the ignore counts of all breakpoints. */
7835 void
7836 breakpoint_clear_ignore_counts (void)
7837 {
7838 struct breakpoint *b;
7839
7840 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7841 b->ignore_count = 0;
7842 }
7843
7844 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7845
7846 static void
7847 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7848 {
7849 char *p = args;
7850 int num;
7851
7852 if (p == 0)
7853 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7854
7855 num = get_number (&p);
7856 if (num == 0)
7857 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7858 if (*p == 0)
7859 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7860
7861 set_ignore_count (num,
7862 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7863 from_tty);
7864 if (from_tty)
7865 printf_filtered ("\n");
7866 }
7867 \f
7868 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7869 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7870
7871 static void
7872 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7873 {
7874 char *p = args;
7875 char *p1;
7876 int num;
7877 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7878 int match;
7879
7880 if (p == 0)
7881 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7882
7883 while (*p)
7884 {
7885 match = 0;
7886 p1 = p;
7887
7888 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7889 if (num == 0)
7890 {
7891 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7892 }
7893 else
7894 {
7895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7896 if (b->number == num)
7897 {
7898 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7899 match = 1;
7900 function (b);
7901 if (related_breakpoint)
7902 function (related_breakpoint);
7903 break;
7904 }
7905 if (match == 0)
7906 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7907 }
7908 p = p1;
7909 }
7910 }
7911
7912 static struct bp_location *
7913 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7914 {
7915 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7916 char *p1;
7917 int bp_num;
7918 int loc_num;
7919 struct breakpoint *b;
7920 struct bp_location *loc;
7921
7922 *dot = '\0';
7923
7924 p1 = number;
7925 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7926 if (bp_num == 0)
7927 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7928
7929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7930 if (b->number == bp_num)
7931 {
7932 break;
7933 }
7934
7935 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7936 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7937
7938 p1 = dot+1;
7939 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7940 if (loc_num == 0)
7941 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7942
7943 --loc_num;
7944 loc = b->loc;
7945 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7946 ;
7947 if (!loc)
7948 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7949
7950 return loc;
7951 }
7952
7953
7954 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7955 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7956 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7957
7958 void
7959 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7960 {
7961 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7962 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7963 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7964 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7965 return;
7966
7967 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7968 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7969 return;
7970
7971 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7972
7973 check_duplicates (bpt);
7974
7975 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7976 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7977 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7978 }
7979
7980 static void
7981 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7982 {
7983 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7984 if (args == 0)
7985 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7986 switch (bpt->type)
7987 {
7988 case bp_none:
7989 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7990 bpt->number);
7991 continue;
7992 case bp_breakpoint:
7993 case bp_catch_load:
7994 case bp_catch_unload:
7995 case bp_catch_fork:
7996 case bp_catch_vfork:
7997 case bp_catch_exec:
7998 case bp_catch_catch:
7999 case bp_catch_throw:
8000 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8001 case bp_watchpoint:
8002 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8003 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8004 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8005 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
8006 default:
8007 continue;
8008 }
8009 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8010 {
8011 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8012 if (loc)
8013 loc->enabled = 0;
8014 check_duplicates (loc->owner);
8015 }
8016 else
8017 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
8018 }
8019
8020 static void
8021 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
8022 {
8023 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
8024 struct value *mark;
8025
8026 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8027 {
8028 int i;
8029 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8030 target_resources_ok =
8031 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8032 i + 1, 0);
8033 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8034 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8035 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8036 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8037 }
8038
8039 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
8040 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8041 bpt->disposition = disposition;
8042 check_duplicates (bpt);
8043 breakpoints_changed ();
8044
8045 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
8046 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
8047 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
8048 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
8049 {
8050 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
8051
8052 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
8053 if (bpt->exp_valid_block != NULL)
8054 {
8055 struct frame_info *fr =
8056 fr = frame_find_by_id (bpt->watchpoint_frame);
8057 if (fr == NULL)
8058 {
8059 printf_filtered (_("\
8060 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because the block in which its expression\n\
8061 is valid is not currently in scope.\n"), bpt->number);
8062 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
8063 return;
8064 }
8065 select_frame (fr);
8066 }
8067
8068 value_free (bpt->val);
8069 mark = value_mark ();
8070 bpt->val = evaluate_expression (bpt->exp);
8071 release_value (bpt->val);
8072 if (value_lazy (bpt->val))
8073 value_fetch_lazy (bpt->val);
8074
8075 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
8076 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
8077 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
8078 {
8079 int i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bpt->type, &other_type_used);
8080 int mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bpt->val);
8081
8082 /* Hack around 'unused var' error for some targets here */
8083 (void) mem_cnt, (void) i;
8084 target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (
8085 bpt->type, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
8086 /* we can consider of type is bp_hardware_watchpoint, convert to
8087 bp_watchpoint in the following condition */
8088 if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8089 {
8090 printf_filtered (_("\
8091 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because target watch resources\n\
8092 have been allocated for other watchpoints.\n"), bpt->number);
8093 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
8094 value_free_to_mark (mark);
8095 return;
8096 }
8097 }
8098
8099 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
8100 value_free_to_mark (mark);
8101 }
8102
8103 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
8104 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
8105 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
8106 }
8107
8108
8109 void
8110 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8111 {
8112 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
8113 }
8114
8115 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
8116 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
8117 in stopping the inferior. */
8118
8119 static void
8120 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8121 {
8122 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8123 if (args == 0)
8124 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8125 switch (bpt->type)
8126 {
8127 case bp_none:
8128 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8129 bpt->number);
8130 continue;
8131 case bp_breakpoint:
8132 case bp_catch_load:
8133 case bp_catch_unload:
8134 case bp_catch_fork:
8135 case bp_catch_vfork:
8136 case bp_catch_exec:
8137 case bp_catch_catch:
8138 case bp_catch_throw:
8139 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8140 case bp_watchpoint:
8141 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8142 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8143 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8144 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8145 default:
8146 continue;
8147 }
8148 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8149 {
8150 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8151 if (loc)
8152 loc->enabled = 1;
8153 check_duplicates (loc->owner);
8154 }
8155 else
8156 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8157 }
8158
8159 static void
8160 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8161 {
8162 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8163 }
8164
8165 static void
8166 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8167 {
8168 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8169 }
8170
8171 static void
8172 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8173 {
8174 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8175 }
8176
8177 static void
8178 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8179 {
8180 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8181 }
8182 \f
8183 static void
8184 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8185 {
8186 }
8187
8188 static void
8189 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8190 {
8191 }
8192
8193 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8194
8195 struct symtabs_and_lines
8196 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8197 {
8198 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8199 if (string == 0)
8200 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8201 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8202 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8203 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8204 default_breakpoint_line,
8205 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8206 else
8207 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8208 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8209 if (*string)
8210 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8211 return sals;
8212 }
8213
8214 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8215 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8216 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8217 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8218 someday. */
8219
8220 void *
8221 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8222 {
8223 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8224
8225 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8226 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8227
8228 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8229 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8230 {
8231 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8232 xfree (bp_tgt);
8233 return NULL;
8234 }
8235
8236 return bp_tgt;
8237 }
8238
8239 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8240
8241 int
8242 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8243 {
8244 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8245 int ret;
8246
8247 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8248 xfree (bp_tgt);
8249
8250 return ret;
8251 }
8252
8253 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8254
8255 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8256
8257 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8258
8259 void
8260 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8261 {
8262 void **bpt_p;
8263
8264 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8265 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8266 else
8267 {
8268 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8269 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8270 }
8271
8272 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8273 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8274 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8275 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8276 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8277 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8278
8279 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8280 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8281 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8282 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8283 }
8284
8285 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8286
8287 void
8288 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8289 {
8290 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8291
8292 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8293 call. */
8294 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8295 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8296
8297 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8298 {
8299 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8300 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8301 }
8302 }
8303
8304 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8305
8306 static int
8307 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8308 {
8309 int i;
8310
8311 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8312 {
8313 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8314 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8315 return 1;
8316 }
8317
8318 return 0;
8319 }
8320
8321 \f
8322 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8323 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8324 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8325 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8326 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8327 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8328 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8329 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8330 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8331 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8332 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8333 \n\
8334 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8335 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8336 \n\
8337 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8338 \n\
8339 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8340
8341 void
8342 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8343 {
8344 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8345 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8346 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8347
8348 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8349
8350 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8351 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8352 before a breakpoint is set. */
8353 breakpoint_count = 0;
8354
8355 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8356 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8357 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8358 if (xdb_commands)
8359 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8360
8361 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8362 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8363 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8364 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8365 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8366 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8367 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8368 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8369
8370 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8371 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8372 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8373 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8374
8375 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8376 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8377 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8378 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8379 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8380 \n"
8381 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8382 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8383
8384 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8385 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8386 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8387 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8388 \n"
8389 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8390 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8391
8392 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8393 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8394 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8395 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8396 \n"
8397 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8398 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8399
8400 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8401 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8402 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8403 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8404 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8405 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8406 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8407 if (xdb_commands)
8408 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8409 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8410 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8411 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8412 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8413 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8414
8415 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8416
8417 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8418 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8419 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8420 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8421 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8422 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8423
8424 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8425 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8426 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8427 &enablebreaklist);
8428
8429 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8430 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8431 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8432 &enablebreaklist);
8433
8434 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8435 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8436 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8437 &enablelist);
8438
8439 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8440 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8441 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8442 &enablelist);
8443
8444 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8445 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8446 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8447 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8448 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8449 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8450 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8451 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8452 if (xdb_commands)
8453 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8454 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8455 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8456 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8457 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8458
8459 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8460 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8461 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8462 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8463 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8464 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8465 &disablelist);
8466
8467 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8468 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8469 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8470 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8471 \n\
8472 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8473 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8474 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8475 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8476 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8477 if (xdb_commands)
8478 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8479 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8480 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8481 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8482
8483 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8484 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8485 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8486 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8487 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8488 &deletelist);
8489
8490 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8491 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8492 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8493 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8494 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8495 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8496 \n\
8497 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8498 is executing in.\n\
8499 \n\
8500 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8501
8502 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8503 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8504 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8505 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8506
8507 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8508 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8509 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8510 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8511
8512 if (xdb_commands)
8513 {
8514 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8515 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8516 }
8517
8518 if (dbx_commands)
8519 {
8520 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8521 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8522 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8523 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8524 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8525 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8526 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8527 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8528 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8529 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8530 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8531 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8532 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8533 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8534 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8535 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8536 \n\
8537 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8538 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8539 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8540 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8541 breakpoint set."));
8542 }
8543
8544 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8545 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8546 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8547 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8548 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8549 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8550 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8551 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8552 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8553 \n\
8554 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8555 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8556 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8557 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8558 breakpoint set."));
8559
8560 if (xdb_commands)
8561 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8562 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8563 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8564 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8565 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8566 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8567 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8568 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8569 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8570 \n\
8571 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8572 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8573 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8574 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8575 breakpoint set."));
8576
8577 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8578 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8579 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8580 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8581 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8582 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8583 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8584 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8585 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8586 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8587 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8588 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8589 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8590 \n\
8591 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8592 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8593 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8594 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8595 breakpoint set."),
8596 &maintenanceinfolist);
8597
8598 add_com ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8599 Set catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8600 Raised signals may be caught:\n\
8601 \tcatch signal - all signals\n\
8602 \tcatch signal <signame> - a particular signal\n\
8603 Raised exceptions may be caught:\n\
8604 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8605 \tcatch throw <exceptname> - a particular exception, when thrown\n\
8606 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8607 \tcatch catch <exceptname> - a particular exception, when caught\n\
8608 Thread or process events may be caught:\n\
8609 \tcatch thread_start - any threads, just after creation\n\
8610 \tcatch thread_exit - any threads, just before expiration\n\
8611 \tcatch thread_join - any threads, just after joins\n\
8612 Process events may be caught:\n\
8613 \tcatch start - any processes, just after creation\n\
8614 \tcatch exit - any processes, just before expiration\n\
8615 \tcatch fork - calls to fork()\n\
8616 \tcatch vfork - calls to vfork()\n\
8617 \tcatch exec - calls to exec()\n\
8618 Dynamically-linked library events may be caught:\n\
8619 \tcatch load - loads of any library\n\
8620 \tcatch load <libname> - loads of a particular library\n\
8621 \tcatch unload - unloads of any library\n\
8622 \tcatch unload <libname> - unloads of a particular library\n\
8623 The act of your program's execution stopping may also be caught:\n\
8624 \tcatch stop\n\n\
8625 C++ exceptions may be caught:\n\
8626 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8627 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8628 Ada exceptions may be caught:\n\
8629 \tcatch exception - all exceptions, when raised\n\
8630 \tcatch exception <name> - a particular exception, when raised\n\
8631 \tcatch exception unhandled - all unhandled exceptions, when raised\n\
8632 \tcatch assert - all failed assertions, when raised\n\
8633 \n\
8634 Do \"help set follow-fork-mode\" for info on debugging your program\n\
8635 after a fork or vfork is caught.\n\n\
8636 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."));
8637
8638 add_com ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8639 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8640 Args like \"catch\" command.\n\
8641 Like \"catch\" except the catchpoint is only temporary,\n\
8642 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"catch\" followed\n\
8643 by using \"enable delete\" on the catchpoint number."));
8644
8645 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8646 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8647 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8648 an expression changes."));
8649 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8650
8651 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8652 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8653 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8654 an expression is read."));
8655 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8656
8657 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8658 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8659 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8660 an expression is either read or written."));
8661 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8662
8663 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8664 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8665
8666
8667 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8668 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8669 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8670 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8671 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8672 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8673 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8674 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8675 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8676 hardware.)"),
8677 NULL,
8678 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8679 &setlist, &showlist);
8680
8681 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8682
8683 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8684 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8685 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8686 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8687 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8688 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8689 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8690 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8691 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8692 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8693 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8694 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8695
8696 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8697 &pending_break_support, _("\
8698 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8699 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8700 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8701 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
8702 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
8703 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
8704 NULL,
8705 show_pending_break_support,
8706 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8707 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8708
8709 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
8710
8711 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
8712 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
8713 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8714 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8715 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
8716 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
8717 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
8718 NULL,
8719 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
8720 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8721 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8722
8723 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
8724 }